Home

Brother PT-9500PC Printer User Manual

1. a 9 O O Numbering consecutive numbers When numbering consecutive characters is set on the characters that appear in the label Click Print gt The label will be printed 17 E Toolbar Topics Using Help Toolbar buttons to Explanation appears for E SN operate Help each item selected Detailed help is included with P touch Editor This section contains the procedures to use Help El D tauch Edita 4 Holn A Explanation of function ll O For Windows XP click the Start button e legen an Sa e 2 Copyright Information on the taskbar point to All Programs Descriptions of operations Provides descriptions for making actual labels point to P touch Editor 4 0 and then 1 1 Expl ti f functi click P touch Editor a ET sas For other Windows operating systems Troubleshooting click the Start button on the taskbar point Provides information for correcting problems that occur to Programs point to P touch Editor 4 0 Goes to each Help topic and then click P touch Editor ee eae P touch Editor 4 0 starts and the dialog box to select the layout Tab Contents for the selected aa Heading for each tab is tab are displayed displayed and keyword O Select one of the layouts and then click searches are possible OK e To display Help any layout method can be selected From the Help file on the menu bar select P touch Editor Help
2. 43 Destistalaci n delsoftWare Iii 46 La impresora ya no se utiliza OIR 47 Sistemas CON Mac OS B 6 9 X AAA ia aaaea ae E DIA abasas ani 49 IInstalaci n de P touch Editor y del controlador de impresora ssssssssessssssssesssseeessssssssesressesssesseee 49 Instalaci n de P touch Quick Editor y del controlador de impresora cccccccnonconacnncncncnnnnannnanannncnoss 51 Instalaci n del controlador de impresora exclusivamente occccnoconococonocccnnnconnannnnnonaconannnononccnccnnnnnns 52 Selecci n de la MNO FOS ON Al x42 sgeressnessaseocusa pues aeoacaseeiea vera DURA A BTT ea IS e cate sI 54 Desinstalaci n del software 2 425 suvsasanu pouch a e A ea vaneless 54 Sistemas con Mac OS X 10 1 o posterior sssssssesssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssseseees 56 Instalaci n de P touch Editor ars A A a DD E DD a ae Do 56 Instalaci n de P touch Quick Editor A ERE DE ED RD E ED ED RR DD DEA Da RR aa e ee nies 59 Instalaci n del controlador de impresora sti 61 Selecci n de la impresora sra 64 Desinstalaci n del SO NWAare di ips 65 3 Creaci n de etiquetas Versi n para Windows ssseeeeccceccsrercrrrees O9 Creaci n de etiquetas siste sevesvelvwesesweds LILA CUIA ven AA DEA sdeveoesetsecssestdsaeveepeetacanededesaeveseseaevanieedes 70 Creaci n de etiquetas utilizando P touch Editor ooccccononnonononocacacananenonononononnocnano nos 71 Activaci n de PAOUCN Editon ea ber Url Acad
3. y Advanced setup The software and printer driver will be installed separately The editing software can be installed or the printer driver can be installed updated or removed el EE Close gt The dialog box to select the software If P touch Quick Editor is selected refer to to install appears steps O O in Installing P touch Quick Editor only gt P 35 Then proceed to Click the button for P touch Editor step gt P 31 P touch Quick Editor or P touch AV If P touch AV Editor is selected refer to Editor steps 8 0 in Installing P touch AV Editor only gt P 37 Then proceed to Select the components that you want to install ste p O gt P 3 1 r P touch Editor P touch Editor 4 and the printer driver will be installed gt W h e n th e p re pa rati O n i S C O m p ete This editing software provides various advanced functions for creating a wide variety of labels g the are cs So a A G Aa Brother Setup the InstallShield Wizard dialog box pee appears with the message Welcome P touch Quick Editor and the printer driver will be installed i pees ae eer to the InstallShield Wizard for Brother P touch Editor Version 4 0 r P touch AV Editor P touch AV Editor and the printer driver will be installed This editing software provides various functions for easily creating Avery labels O Read the contents and
4. 18080 C main e gt Y a Back ory stop Rdfresh Home AutoF Print Mail Il file localhost Volumfis P touch Mac 200S 20 P touchB20EditorR203 2 User s9820Guide main htm O Live Home Page O Apple E Abple Support Apple Store Toots O macosx O Microsoft MacTopia Starting up P touch Editor Basic Operation Layout area Creating a new layout document n Working with text objects 3 D Working with graphics objects El 2 Modifying objects 8 Using an Auto Format template Printing a layout Saving a layout document Databases Creating a new database document Creating a database Maintaining the database Using database data in layouts Printing a layout containing merged record data Saving a database document Reference P touch Editor environment Layout document window Record view window Menu bar commands O Local machine zone The contents of each menu are classified by item Click the menus to display the explanation window 101 e e labels Creatin version i 2 e _ O 9 gt In the explanation window the operation of the items in each menu is explained The operation methods are classified by function Click the operation methods to display the explanation window Click Home to return to the main menu eee C Basimenu 4 Q ff Back Forward Stop Refresh Home AutoFill Print Mail s Keo Agple Store A Toos E macosx O M
5. 81 87 V Velocidad en baudios occccccnccnnccnoc 43 107 Velocidad en baudios de la computadora personal y la PT 9500PC eeeeeeeeeeeeees 43 Ventana de dise o occcoccnccnnccnnccnnnonnnnnss 72 94 VISTA TOMA esas deta e A Aa cacads 12 Vista POSTS NO uva 12 WwW WINO WS Esa 25 69 121 Y 2 D c O a lt Informaci n de contacto s lo para EEUU Centros de servicio Si necesita un centro de servicio local llame al tel fono 1 800 284 HELP 4357 para averiguar cu l es el centro de servicio autorizado que le queda m s cerca Nota Llame al centro de servicio antes de desplazarse Los centros de servicio no prestan asistencia operativa Consulte Asistencia operativa Asistencia operativa Si necesita asistencia t cnica y operativa puede llamar al Servicio de atenci n al cliente de Brother en Voz 1 877 4 PTouch o Fax 1 901 379 1210 Asistencia por Internet Para obtener informaci n sobre productos y descargar los controladores m s recientes http www brother com Para adquirir accesorios y determinados productos Brother http www brothermall com Accesorios y suministros Para pedir accesorios y suministros Brother pagando con Visa MasterCard Discover o American Express puede llamar al n mero gratuito 1 888 879 3232 o rellenar el formulario de pedido que encontrar en la Gu a del usuario y enviar ambas caras del formulario por fax al n mero 1 800 947 1445 Para adquiri
6. Back Close Aparece el cuadro de di logo Driver Setup 42 Haga clic sobre Network Connection y luego haga clic sobre OK Driver Setup Driver will be installed Connection Method C USB cable Connect to your PC with a USB cable C Serial cable Connect to pour PC with a Serial cable i printing at printers on a network Cancel Aparece el cuadro de di logo Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC que indica que la instalaci n va a comenzar Haga clic sobre Install y luego sobre Next Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC Driver setup will begin Driver to be set up Brother PT 9500PC Select whether to install or uninstall the application Installation will be carried out as indicated below Driver Brother PT 9500PC If OK click Next Installation will begin gt Comienza la instalaci n del controlador Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC Installation progress v Check file Copy file Add printer Set registry Copying file Haga clic sobre Next gt Aparece un cuadro de di logo que indicar que la instalaci n se ha completado Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC Installation progress Y Check file v Copy file v Add printer v Set registry Installation is completed Click Next 8 Extraiga el CD ROM de la unidad de CD ROM Haga clic sobre Yes want to restart my computer now y lueg
7. O No hay impresoras disponibles para seleccionar Aparece el mensaje You have no printers available Contin e con el paso 6 O Impresoras disponibles para seleccionar Se muestran los nombres de las impresoras disponibles en el cuadro de di logo Printer List Contin e con el paso O O La PT 9500PC ya est registrada La PT 9500PC aparece en la lista Printer List Contin e con el paso O Haga clic sobre Add You have no printers available Would you like to add to your list of printers noy gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Printer List O Haga clic sobre Add Printer 009009 Printer List Pune Kind Status era N lete Add Printer Seleccione PT 9500PC y luego haga clic sobre Add USB me i Kind pr osoorc PT 9500PC Cancel gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Printer List nuevamente Confirme que la PT 9500PC ha sido agregada y luego cierre el cuadro de di logo Printer List Printer List 909 e PT 9500PC PT 9500PC Status Delete E Printer gt La PT 9500PC puede utilizarse como impresora Contin e con Creaci n de etiquetas Versi n para Macintosh gt P 91 Desinstalaci n del software Si la PT 9500PC no se va a utilizar en el futuro con una computadora Macintosh siga los siguientes pasos para desinstalar el software E Desinstalaci n de P tou
8. Width 1 B Hide Text Settings Tape Settings e Aparece el cuadro de propiedades de los ajustes del texto E Especifique Font Style Size etc MS r Length 1 06 A E E Width 1 aj Font Arial y Style BII U Alignment Size A AA Frame ol Haga clic sobre el cuadro de texto y escriba el texto Nota O Haga clic sobre i para ver el cuadro de texto y confirme el dise o antes de imprimir E Utilizaci n del historial de texto Se guardan hasta 10 textos anteriormente impresos Estos textos pueden ingresarse f cilmente Es Haga clic sobre E gt Aparece la lista del historial de texto E Seleccione el texto que desea utilizar Clear Text Robert Fox Brother Clear Text History El texto seleccionado aparece en el cuadro de texto E JAI As Length 4 51 S fi o Y Width 1 aj Robert Fox 81 iquetas os Creaci n de et Iq os N o E Sa E e on Sa D gt El Inserci n de s mbolos Se pueden insertar en las etiquetas los s mbolos incluidos en P touch Quick Editor Haga clic con el bot n derecho sobre el cuadro de texto apunte a Symbols y luego seleccione en Insert Change A Length 1 05 EA DADA gt Width 1 Bl Print b view Text History View Properties Background Color gt Options T Help Exit gt Aparece
9. O a lt 111 Soluci n de problemas Para solucionar los problemas de la PT 9500PC consulte la siguiente lista de posibles problemas PyR Problema La PT 9500PC no imprime Se indica un error de impresi n Aparece cinta a rayas durante la impresi n El bot n de encendido no se enciende ni parpa dea Aparece una l nea hori zontal en blanco a lo largo de la etiqueta impresa Aparece un error de transmisi n de datos en el PC 112 Causa El cable de interfaz est flojo El casete de cinta no est insertado correctamente La cubierta del compartimiento de la cinta est abierta El cable de interfaz USB est conectado durante una conexi n en serie Se ha terminado la cinta del Casete El cable de alimentaci n est flojo El cabezal de impresi n o el rodillo est sucio El puerto seleccionado es incorrecto Las velocidades en baudios para el PC y la PT 9500PC no son iguales Soluci n Compruebe que el cable de interfaz est conectado correctamente que el casete de cinta est instalado correctamente y que la cubierta del compartimiento de la cinta est cerrada Instale un casete de cinta nuevo y a continuaci n presione el bot n FEED CUT o apague y encienda la PT 9500PC Compruebe que el cable de alimentaci n est conectado correctamente Si el bot n de alimentaci n sigue sin encenderse ni parpadear contacte con el establecimiento en
10. Al completarse la instalaci n del Haga clic sobre Finish p j P touch Editor aparece el cuadro de Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC i di logo InstallShield Wizard Brother PT S500PC was correctly added C O M p ete En Haga clic sobre Finish InstallShield Wizard InstallShield Wizard Complete 4 Setup has finished installing Brother P touch Editor Version 4 0 on your computer Click Finish to quit setup gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Setup Status y comienza la instalaci n del P touch Editor InstallShield Wizard Setup Status Brother P touch Editor Version 4 0 Setup is performing the requested operations gt L a i n sta a C i n se h a CO m p letad O Si va a instalar P touch Quick Editor contin e con Instalaci n de P touch Quick Editor exclusivamente gt P 33 Para instalar P touch AV Editor contin e con Instalaci n de P touch AV Editor exclusivamente gt P 35 Si va a crear una etiqueta contin e con Creaci n de etiquetas Versi n para Windows gt P 69 Searching for installed applications Si selecciona P touch Quick Editor en el paso consulte los pasos en Instalaci n de P touch Quick Editor exclusivamente gt P 34 31 Instalaci n de P touch Editor exclusivamente Instale P touch Editor 4 0 para dise ar etiquetas Encienda la computadora personal y luego inserte el CD ROM en la unidad de CD
11. Aparece el cuadro de di logo ee Setup CS o m Y lt 2 e Puede transcurrir alg n tiempo hasta que aparezca el cuadro de di logo Brother Setup Haga clic sobre el bot n correspondiente a P touch Quick Editor a Brother Setup a Select the components that you want to install m P touch Editor P touch Editor 4 will be installed This editing software provides various advanced functions for creating a wide variety of labels P touch Quick Editor P touch Quick Editor will be installed This editing software provides various functions for easily creating simple labels P touch AV Editor P touch AV Editor will be installed This editing software provides various functions for easily creating Avery labels r Driver The printer driver will be installed updated or removed P touch Quick Editor Setup is preparing the InstallShield Wizard which will guide you through the rest of the setup process Please wait Cuando la instalaci n se ha completado aparece el cuadro de di logo Welcome e Si el cuadro de di logo Brother Setup no aparece haga doble clic sobre el icono My Computer y a continuaci n haga doble clic en el icono P touch Haga clic sobre el bot n de Instalaci n avanzada a Brother Setup Basic setup The editing software and the preset printer driver will be installed This option is normally selecte
12. Bao RS Printers and Faxes Scanners and Cameras The Printers and Faxes window appears 2 Printers and Faxes File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q sax a yo Search gt gt Folders IEEE XO Brother PT 9500PC Printer Tasks Pee 0 E Add a printer SaN Set up Faxing See Also 2 Troubleshoot printing Get help with printing Other Places 37 Control Panel a Scanners and Cameras My Documents e My Pictures 19 My Computer Details Right click the Brother PT 9500PC icon and then select Properties Open Printing Preferences Pause Printing Sharing Use Printer Offline Create Shortcut Delete Rename Properties The Brother PT 9500PC Properties sheet appears 46 O Click the Device Setting tab 2 Brother PT 9500PC Properties Color Management General Sharing no a Brother PT 9500PC Location Comment Model Brother PT 9500PC Features Color No Paper available Double sided No Staple No Speed Unknown Maximum resolution 360 dpi For Windows 95 98 98 SE Me click the Advanced tab gt The Device Setting window appears Click Utilities and then click Properties that appears next to Utilities 2 Brother PT 9500PC Properties General Sharing _ Ports Advanced Color Management Device Settings Brother PT 9500PC Device Settings Transmission Time O
13. You may not reproduce modify reverse engineer disassemble or E decompile any part of the SOFTWARE without prior written t permission by BROTHER Apple and Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple 1 Computer Inc c Brother Industries Ltd 2003 All rights reserved Print Save Go Back C Aparece el cuadro de di logo en el que podr confirmar el contrato de licencia 62 Para continuar con la instalaci n haga clic sobre Agree Install PT 9500PC Driver To continue installing the software you must agree to the terms of 8 Introt the software license agreement O Read Licen Click Agree to continue or click Disagree to cancel the installation Instal Instal niso Computer Inc c Brother Industries Ltd 2003 All rights reserved Print Save O GoBack f Continue gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Select a Destination Seleccione la unidad en la que desee instalar el controlador de impresora y luego haga clic sobre Continue Seleccione la unidad en la que esta instalado Mac OS X e Install PT 9500PC Driver Select a Destination A Select a destination volume to install the PT 9500PC Driver O Read Me L O License Select Destination i Installation Type E Installing nish U Macintosh HD 8 2GB 0 bytes of disk space is required g zer for this installa
14. Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC Preparation for setup is finished Install the printer Connect Brother PT 9500PC and then turn it on Wait until itis automatically added When the printer can be added the next Driver Setup page automatically appears E Si va a realizar la conexi n a una computadora personal que funciona con Windows 98 98 SE Me 2000 Pro contin e con el paso gt P 31 Si la computadora personal detecta que la PT 9500PC est conectada aparece el cuadro de di logo Found New Hardware Wizard 30 Haga clic sobre Install the software automatically Recommended y luego haga clic sobre Next Found New Hardware Wizard Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard This wizard helps you install software for Brother PT 9500PC If your hardware came with an installation CD 2 or floppy disk insert it now What do you want the wizard to do Click Next to continue Se detectaran los programas necesarios Found New Hardware Wizard Please wait while the wizard searches AA Brother PT 9500PC Cancel gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Hardware Installation Haga clic sobre Continue Anyway Hardware Installation A The software you are installing for this hardware Printers has not passed Windows Logo testing to verify its compatibility with Windows XP Tell me why this testing is important Continuing your instal
15. N de producto Descripci n ______ Cantidad Para cumplimentar el formulario de pedido 1 Revise el reverso de este formulario y seleccione los art culos que desee 2 Cumplimente el formulario anterior indicando la cantidad de cada art culo 3 Sume las columnas y anote el total en la l nea Subtotal de suministros accesorios 4 A ada el correspondiente impuesto sobre la venta y los gastos de env o y manipulaci n 5 Escriba su nombre y direcci n con letra clara de imprenta en el espacio que sigue 6 Haga su pedido a Llame a cualquier hora al n mero gratuito 1 888 879 3232 b Haga su pedido por Internet en www brothermall com c Env e por fax el formulario cumplimentado al n mero 1 800 947 1445 d Env e por correo el formulario cumplimentado junto con el correspondiente abono a BROTHER INTERNATIONAL CORP Attn Consumer Accessory Div P O Box 341332 Bartlett TN 38184 1332 Nombre Direccion Localidad Estado C digo postal N de tel fono durante el d a N de fax durante el d a Correo electr nico N mero de modelo de su m quina Los precios est n sujetos a cambios sin previo aviso Todos los precios se indican en d lares de EEUU Subtotal de accesorios suministros Los residentes de AZ CA CO CT FL GA IL LA MA MD MI MN MO NC NJ NV NY OH PA TN TX VA WA WI deber n a adir el impuesto aplicable sobre la venta Opciones de env o y manipulaci n E
16. Please wait while the wizard searches AA Brother PT 9500PC Cancel gt The Hardware Installation dialog box appears Click Continue Anyway Hardware Installation A The software you are installing for this hardware Printers has not passed Windows Logo testing to verify its compatibility with Windows XP Tell me why this testing is important Continuing your installation of this software may impair or destabilize the correct operation of your system either immediately or in the future Microsoft strongly recommends that you stop this installation now and contact the hardware vendor for software that has passed Windows Logo testing L Continue Anyway Si e This software has no compatibility problems with Windows XP and can be used Driver installation begins Copying Files PT95V HLP To C AWINDOWS System32 spo brotherpt_9500pec211 Cancel gt When installation is complete the Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box appears Y Click Finish Found New Hardware Wizard Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard The wizard has finished installing the software for Brother PT 9500PC Click Finish to close the wizard The Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC dialog box appears again O Click Finish Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC Brother PT 9500PC was correctly added Click Finish to quit setup gt The Setup Status d
17. Window o A P touch Editor Help F1 User s Guide Brother s Web Page Display Copyright About gt The P touch Editor4 Help window appears 78 KE Printing Help The contents of the Help files can be printed The Help files are printed on a standard printer not the P touch O Select the Contents tab Select the topic you want to print from the list displayed O Printing a specific topic In the list displayed in the Contents tab click the heading to select the information to be printed When the heading is selected the contents included are also displayed Contents Index Search Favorites 2 P touch Editor4 Help E ta Descriptions of operations 2 List of samples El Before performing the lessons Ei Waking a name label 2 1 1 Specifying the size ofthe label 2 1 2 Entering text 2 1 3 Arranging the text 2 1 4 Adding a frame around text 2 1 5 Printing E e 2 Making labels fora CD case o e 3 Printing using the Numbering functio 4 Making a table E e 5 Making a label that indicates telepho E o 6 Making a label that contains a barco F e 7 Using Excel data to print labels 8 Making a wide label Explanation of function Troubleshooting Go to each Help topic 2 Copyright Information F O Printing all the help file information In list displayed in the Contents tab click Description of operations Contents Index Search Favorites
18. 83 Modo DNA O aa AS 106 O Organizar el texto oooccccccccnononononenonnnnos 13495 P PAER aT ia atl teil lt Ae cheat pinlal con 112 Palillo para etiquetaS ooooononoconocnncncnnos 10 89 Precauciones generales s src 4 Prepara CIO neS A A SA 14 AAA 64 68 Propiedades de dise o ooooocccccccnicicininnno 72 94 Propiedades de fuentes ooooommmmmmmmmmmmo 94 Propiedades de impresi n cesses 72 Propiedades de la p gina 72 94 Propiedades del texto 72 94 PSr DOOO a AENA 119 Pula OUR aseos 10 P touch AV Editor ansias lic 24 35 84 P touch Editor 24 32 49 56 71 93 P touch Quick Editor 24 33 51 59 79 101 Puerto en Sere A Aa ba R aN 12 18 Puerto LO Dc sidad nda 12 17 R Referencia Rapida vada ii 11 Rodillo del cabezal ooooooonononononococccnnnnnos 109 A a atnda 74 95 S Salida de etiquetas ccecececccecesereeescserseeres 12 Selecci n de la impresora 08 54 64 Servidor de impresi n n se 119 Servidor de impresora PS 9000 006 41 SIMBPOl O A ARA A de 73 Sistema OperatiVO ooccccconcccnnnnncccnnnnnaccnonaniocons 24 SON Water dA 24 Soluci n de problemas ooooooococoncccccnncnnnos 112 Soporte para la bandeja de recogida 12 T TAO A aia 73 TOO ES 73 Tomacorriente para el adaptador de CA 12 U Utilizaci n de este manual cccccccncccncccnnnns 3 Utilizaci n del historial de texto
19. InstallShield Wizard Setup Type Select the Setup Type to install Click the type of Setup you prefer then click Next Typical Program will be installed with the most common options Recommended for most users Compact Program will be installed with minimum required options C Custom You may choose the options you want to install Recommended for advanced users Se instalar n los siguientes elementos O Typical Se instalar n P touch Editor P touch Library fuentes de idiomas occidentales fuentes de s mbolos la Ayuda clips de arte plantillas con formato autom tico y el estilo de dise o Ol Compact S lo se instalar n el P touch Editor y los clips de arte O Custom Haga clic sobre Next y seleccione los elementos que desea instalar en el cuadro di logo Select Features Haga clic sobre Yes install the printer driver y luego haga clic sobre Next InstallShield Wizard Select Features Choose the features Setup will install InstallShield Wizard Install Driver Select the features you want to install and clear the features you do not want to install Description OK to install the printer driver m P touch Library Installs P touch Editor Fonts y Western language fonts 9 Symbol fonts Help m Clip Art Auto Format Templates M Layoutstyle he printer driver later Space Required on L 20952 K Space Available on C 1929452 K lt Back Cancel mea
20. No C O D orders Method of Payment check one Name Visa Master Card Discover Address Check Money Order American Express City State Account Number Zip Expiration Date Daytime Phone Daytime Fax Email Your Model Number Prices subject to change without notice All prices quoted in US Dollars Signature Billing Address if different from shipping address at left Referencia rapida Introducci n Gracias por adquirir la unidad PT 9500PC La PT 9500PC de aqu en adelante esta unidad es una impresora de etiquetas que permite imprimir f cilmente etiquetas personalizadas cuando se conecta a una computadora Este manual contiene diversos procedimientos b sicos y precauciones para utilizar la P touch L alo antes de utilizar la unidad Guarde este manual en un lugar seguro para futuras consultas E Declaraci n de conformidad de la Federal Communications Commission Comisi n federal de comunicaciones FCC s lo para Estados Unidos Parte responsable Brother International Corporation 100 Somerset Corporate Boulevard Bridgewater NJ 08807 0911 USA TEL 908 704 1700 declara que el producto Nombre del producto Impresora de etiquetas P touch de Brother N mero de modelo PT 9500PC cumple con la Parte 15 de las Normas de la FCC El funcionamiento est sujeto a las dos condiciones siguientes 1 este dispositivo no puede causar interferencias perjudiciales y 2 este di
21. Programs Confirm Uninstall Are you sure you want to completely remgyeeBrother P touch Editor Version 4 0 and all of its components O P touch Quick Editor Confirm File Deletion J Are you sure you want to completely remove P touch Quick Editor and all of its components Se elimina el software O P touch AV Editor Confirm File Deletion jJ re you sure you want to completely remove P touch AV Editor and all of its components 46 La impresora ya no se utiliza AAA Elimine el controlador de impresora PT 9500PC Para eliminar la PT 9500PC seleccione P touch 9500PC en la ventana Printer de Control Panel Printers and Faxes en Windows XP y elim nela Para eliminar completamente el controlador de la impresora siga los siguientes pasos Apague la PT 9500PC y retire el cable de interfaz de la computadora personal Inserte el CD ROM en la unidad de CD ROM gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Brother Setup e Puede transcurrir alg n tiempo hasta que aparezca el cuadro de di logo Brother Setup e Si el cuadro de di logo Brother Setup no aparece haga doble clic sobre el icono My Computer y a continuaci n haga doble clic en el icono P touch Haga clic sobre el bot n de Instalaci n avanzada a Brother Setup Select the setup method Basic setup The editing software and the preset printer driver will be installed
22. The programs that can be installed are listed below Description Program P touch Editor 3 2 P touch Editor software Printer driver for the PT 9500PC Driver PT 9500PC Fonts Can install fonts for 13 typefaces English like Atlanta etc A collection of pre formatted templates for labels Auto Format Templates A collection of illustrations etc to arrange on the labels Clip Art e If custom installation is not selected all of the programs will be installed Approximately 100 MB of available hard disk space is required gt Installation begins Prada Installing file Bells2 diia P touch Editor 3 2 ERRE P touch Editor is an application that gives you a variety of designing possibilities for creating labels and stamps Start up the installer and then follow the messages that appear System Requirements Co e Computer Macintosh computer with Power PC processor Operating system Mac OS 8 6 or later Available memory Minimum 32MB Files to install 1079 Available hard disk space Minimum 20MB Drive Install This software is only compatible with Mac OS X classic Eject Custom Install Apple and Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple Computer Inc Y When installation is complete the message Installation is done appears O Click Quit f Installation is done Click QUIT to leave the installer Click C
23. This software is only compatible with y iaa Eject Cee mer O O P touch Apple and Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple Computer Inc Y 2 items zero K available SS Mac 0S 9 Mac OS X Clicking Custom Install displays a dialog box that allows you to select which options to install Only the options with a check mark beside them are installed Clear the check marks from the programs you do not wantto install The Mac OS 9 window appears Double click the P touch Editor 3 2 perry P touch Editor 3 2 folde r SESESESESESESESESELEL ELSE P touch Editor is an application that gives you a variety of designing possibilities for creating labels and stamps MM P touch Editor 3 2 MPT 9500PC Driver M Fonts M Auto Format Templates M Clip Art Start up the installer and then follow the messages that appear Oo Install on ES System Requirements Gas acansausacsasaacwscosasessuseommecseaasussanas HDD Computer Macintosh computer with Power Installation requires 605 8 MB PC processor Available on volume 2047 8 MB Operating system Mac OS 8 6 or later Available memory Minimum 32MB Available hard disk space Minimum 20MB Install This software is only compatible with Apple and Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple Computer Inc Y The P touch Editor 3 2 window appears 51
24. 114 Cause The interface cable is loose The tape cassette is not installed correctly The tape compartment cover is open The USB interface cable is connected during a serial connection The tape cassette is empty The power supply cord is loose The print head or head roller is dirty The wrong port is selected The baud rates for the personal computer and the PT 9500PC are not the same Solution Check that the interface cable is connected correctly the tape cassette is installed correctly and the tape compartment cover is closed Install a new tape cassette and then either press the feed cut button or turn the PT 9500PC off and on Check that the power supply cord is connected correctly If the power button still does not light up or flash contact the retail outlet where the PT 9500PC was purchased or your local authorized service center Refer to Label is not printed clearly gt P 110 and clean the print head and head roller For Windows select the correct port from the Print to the following port list in the printer Properties dialog box For a USB connection select PTUSB for Windows 98 98 SE Me or USBOOn for Windows 2000 Pro XP For a serial connection select COM1 if the PT 9500PC is connected to COM1 or COM2 if the PT 9500PC is connected to COM2 Refer to Setting the personal computer and PT 9500PC baud rate gt P 45 and change the baud rate P
25. 4 Press the feed cut button Feed amp Cut button gt Self cleaning will start Press the cover release button and open the tape compartment cover After rollers stop press the cover release button Install the removed tape cassette and then close the tape compartment cover E Cleaning the print head and head roller If the print head is not cleaned by the self cleaning function follow the following procedures to clean the PT 9500PC O Turn off the PT 9500PC Press the cover release button and open the tape compartment cover 3 Remove the tape cassette Use a cotton swab to clean the print head and head roller O Print head Cotton swab Print head O Head roller Cotton swab Print head Install the removed tape cassette and then close the tape compartment cover Note O The PT 9500PC contains a cutter to cut printed labels Take special care not to touch the cutter when cleaning the PT 9500PC O The print head is very hot during use and immediately after use Do not clean the PT 9500PC immediately after printing labels 111 E Cleaning tape Use the TZ CL6 cleaning tape with a tape width of 1 1 2 36 mm sold separately to clean the PT 9500PC easily Press the cover release button and open the tape compartment cover Remove the tape cassette and install the cleaning tape 3 Close the tape compartment cover P
26. Cancel Ne gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Add shortcut Si seleccion el P touch Quick Editor en el paso 6 aparece el siguiente cuadro Especifique d nde desea agregar accesos de di logo Haga clic sobre Yes D directos para P touch Editor y luego haga Si seleccion P touch AV Editor en el ja v clic sobre Next paso O aparecer el siguiente cuadro de O S Para no agregar ning n acceso directo di logo Question Haga clic sobre Yes E anule la marca de todos los cuadros de Z gt verificaci n seta OK to install the printer driver InstallShield Wizard Add shortcut Specify where to add shortcuts for P touch Editor Any shortcut added to the Quick Launch bar wil ony be available to the curent user Si va a realizar la conexi n a una FaN computadora personal que funciona con Y Quick launch bar Windows 95 NT 4 0 contin e con el paso 8 en Conexi n a un puerto en serie de la secci n Instalaci n del controlador de impresora Cancel exclusivamente gt P 39 gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Start Confirmation Copying Files O Confirme el contenido y luego haga clic Revise la configuraci n y luego haga clic sobre OK sobre Next S i desea revi Sar O Cam bi ar al gu na Confirmation i FA IMPORTANT K l configuraci n haga clic sobre Back Hi belong rp ee lpr se software installation InstallShield
27. El cable de interfaz USB se conecta a una computadora personal que funciona con Windows mientras el software se est instalando y se conecta a una Macintosh despu s de que el software se haya instalado No conecte la PT 9500PC a una computadora personal hasta que aparezca una instrucci n que le indique que debe hacerlo Inserte la clavija del extremo del cable de interfaz USB en el puerto USB de la computadora personal fa Q Q fer pm GQ S Nota O Cuando realice una conexi n USB a trav s de un concentrador de red es posible que no se realice una conexi n correcta debido al tipo de concentrador utilizado Si esto ocurre conecte la PT 9500PC a una computadora personal directamente con el cable de interfaz USB O La PT 9500PC no puede conectarse al puerto USB de una computadora personal que funcione con Windows 95 NT 4 0 En este caso la PT 9500PC debe conectarse a un puerto en serie e La ubicaci n del puerto USB var a seg n la computadora personal Para Prepare el cable de interfaz USB que se obtener m s informaci n consulte el incluye con el producto manual de instrucciones de la computadora personal Nota O Para utilizar la PT 9500PC se debe instalar el software en la computadora personal Consulte Instalaci n del software gt P 23 Realice la conexi n al Realice la conexi n a puerto USB de la un puerto USB de una PT 9500PC c
28. GoBack Upgrade gt Comienza la instalaci n Al completarse la instalaci n aparece el mensaje Software was installed correctly 63 Seleccion de la impresora Seleccione la PT 9500PC como impresora Haga doble clic sobre la unidad en la que esta instalado Mac OS X Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta di li Applications r 7 eco 3 Macintosh HD feo MY gt Back View Computer Home Favorites Applications 2 3 ppucanons touch_Editor stallLog log touch_Quick stallLog log Library System Temporary Items Users Aparece la ventana Applications Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta Utilities eee Al Applications S D mm MG Y A Back View ai i Computer Home Favorites Applications Clock Image Capture iMovie g 6 a Internet Connect Internet Explorer iTunes E Fa LAN Mail P touch Quick Editor Preview LQ le E QuickTime Player Sherlock Stickies las ae i 2 3 System Preferences TextEdit Utilities Aparece la ventana Utilities 64 Haga doble clic sobre el icono Print Center enter r 7 000 7 Utilities gt r AX Da O Eu as Y A Back View H Computer Home Favorites Applications gt oan copy Sra y ad 3 Display Calibrator Grab Installer e a a gt ry Java Web Start Key Caps Keychain Access Netinfo Manager Network Utility H E a ProcessViewer Stuffit Expander Terminal 7
29. Next Para corregir la informacion de instalaci n haga clic sobre Back Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC Installation will be carried out as indicated below Driver Brother PT 9500PC Port COM1 If OK click Next Installation will begin Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC Installation progress Y Check file Copy file Add printer Set registry Copying file aa bes acest 39 o O o a 2 O S 9 _ N sP ras a 3 o Y 8 Seleccione el cuadro de verificaci n Start up the Change Baud Rate Wizard y luego haga clic sobre Next Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC Installation progress y Check file y Copy file y Add printer Y Set registry Installation is completed In order to change the communication speed baud rate between the PC and the main unit check the options below Click Next IV Start up the Change Baud Rate Wizard gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Change Baud Rate Wizard Brother PT 9500PC Seleccione el puerto en Serie Apropiado y luego haga clic sobre Next Change Baud Rate Wizard Brother PT 9500PC Change the baud rate Select the port that the P touch is connected to Serial Pott COMI gt Aparece un cuadro de di logo en el que podr seleccionar la velocidad en baudios deseada 40 40 Seleccione la velocidad en baudios deseada y luego haga clic sobre Next Seleccione 115
30. Poio A di Ore Hen NES U ample B Before performing the lessons 1 Making a name label e 2 Making labels fora CD case e 3 Printing using the Numbering functio 4 Making a table e 5 Making a label that indicates telepho e 6 Making a label that contains a barco e 7 Using Excel data to printlabels 8 Making a wide label E e Explanation offunction Troubleshooting Go to each Help topic 2 Copyright Information Eh Click on the toolbar gt The Print Topics dialog box appears A Select the contents to print Print Topics You can print the selected topic or all the topics in the selected heading What would you like to do Print the selected topic Print the selected heading and all subtopics Cancel O Printing the selected topic Select Print the selected topic O Printing the selected heading and all subtopics or the entire help file Select Print the selected heading and all subtopics Click OK gt The Print dialog box appears Select the printer to print to in the Select Printer area General Options Select Printer Add Printer Brother Brother PT 9500PC XXXXXK Status Ready Print to file Location Comment Page Range OA Number of copies O Pages p1 Enter either a single page number or a single page range For example 5 12 Print Cancel e The contents of the Help files cannot be printed on the PT 9500PC
31. Sa D gt O Chain Printing Seleccione esta opci n para dejar la etiqueta impresa en la P touch e impedir que salga hasta que se haya imprimido la siguiente etiqueta Esto reduce el exceso de cinta de la sesi n de impresi n anterior que normalmente se expulsar a antes de imprimir la primera etiqueta de la sesi n en curso Una vez impresa la ltima etiqueta presione el bot n FEED CUT Haga clic sobre OK Se imprimir la etiqueta E Salida de P touch AV Editor Lleve a cabo el procedimiento que se describe a continuaci n para salir de P touch AV Editor e Haga clic con el bot n derecho sobre 6 gt La ventana P touch AV Editor se cierra 88 Despues de la impresion En esta secci n se describen los procedimientos para quitar la hoja de respaldo de la etiqueta cuando es dif cil quitarla Sostenga un extremo de la etiqueta Extracci n de la hoja de impresa con una mano y sujete el palillo respaldo de la etiqueta con la otra mano Inserte la mitad de la etiqueta impresa en el orificio del palillo para etiquetas con el lado impreso hacia arriba Cuando es dif cil quitar la hoja de respaldo de una etiqueta impresa utilice el palillo para etiquetas incluido Para etiquetas impresas con la opci n Half Cut quite la hoja de respaldo por la l nea cortada Presione el bot n de apertura de la cubierta y abra la cubierta del compartimiento de la cinta Gire el palillo para etiquetas y
32. after receipt of the replacement Machine supply the required proof of purchase information together with the Machine that Brother agreed to replace You are then expected to pack the Machine that Brother agreed to replace in the package from the replacement Machine and return it to Brother using the air bill supplied by Brother in accordance with the instructions provided by Brother Since you will be in possession of two machines Brother will require that you provide a valid major credit card number Brother will issue a hold against the credit card account number that you provide until Brother receives your original Product and determines that your original Product is entitled to warranty coverage Your credit card will be charged up to the cost of a new Product only if i you do not return your original Product to Brother within five 5 business days ii the problems of your original Product are not covered by the limited warranty iii the proper packaging instructions are not followed and has caused damage to the product or iv the warranty period on your original Product has expired or has not been sufficiently validated with a copy of the proof of purchase bill of sale The replacement Machine you receive even if refurbished or remanufactured will be covered by the balance of the limited warranty period remaining on the original Product plus an additional thirty 30 days You will keep the replacement Machine that is sent
33. appears Double click P touch Editor 3 2 If an alias was created double click the alias icon gt P touch Quick Editor starts Toolbar Length 1 5 in F g ESA Width 1 1 2 in Text box Using P touch Quick Editor The basic operations for P touch Quick Editor for Macintosh are the same as those for Windows Operations that require a right click in Windows are performed in Macintosh by clicking while holding the control key For details on using P touch Quick Editor refer to Simple use gt P 82 and Other functions gt P 82 in Creating labels Windows version 103 labels version sh p fo o dn Q Macinto After printing For details refer to After printing gt P 91 in Creating labels Windows version 104 Appendix This chapter contains information for troubleshooting and a list of available accessories and supplies Creatine DaricOaeADe lS ssc mean A AA OA DA wave cosa 106 Changing the P touch settingS scccccssssssssscssssssssssssscssssscresssssssooeees 108 A a tesco E DN 110 TroubleshoonNe oes cers a sarees 114 PrOGUCtSPeCiIICAtlONS AA O ence eee aaa EAE AREE 116 ACCESSORIES For USA O NA cess cecee cee soecse ns ota saeco ccs tacts cacspeee te EN 118 Ui Cy A I E Pa HR O eg RAE EO 122 Creating bar code labels Bar code labels for product control and for sales transactions can be created simply with the PT 9500PC Because th
34. dito 2 Visite nuestra p gina Web www brothermall com y pague con una de las principales tarjetas de cr dito 3 Rellene el formulario de pedido al dorso y env enoslo por fax al n mero 1 800 947 1445 4 Rellene el formulario de pedido al dorso y env enoslo por correo a la direcci n indicad Si a n no nos ha enviado la tarjeta de garant a de su m quina dedique unos minutos a registrarse en www registermybrother com At your side orotner wwuw brother com o 2 D a lt 119 ndice alfab tico A PC COSOMOS oa 10 116 Activaci n de P touch Editor 71 93 Activaci n de P touch Quick Editor 79 101 Adaptador de CA ireira iier 10 15 Add Or remove Programs eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 46 Add Remove Programs 46 Adici n de un s mbolo es 86 A Aa 26 Administrador de la computadora 26 Ajustes del P touch cccccccccccccoconononininnnoss 106 AUTO MMPleZ add 108 Autoridad de administrador 56 59 b Banco de objetos ux cicciecrcrensearacadwareraneens 73 95 Banco de propiedades ooocccccccccccccccnos 72 94 Bandeja de recogida cccococcccccccncncncncnnns 10 22 Barra de herramientas de dibujo 72 94 Bot n de apertura de la cubierta 12 20 Bot n de encendido occoccnoccnoccnccnnccno 12 19 BOOM FEED C UT sii AA DASE 12 21 C Cabezal de impresi n ooccccccncnininininonenenono
35. e O ww 2 E 38 To 2 T a O PAS E YM SS v Y pun D O gt Aa Ventana de dise o A AAA A AAA AAA Cuando P touch Editor se activa aparece la ventana de dise o a Untitled 1 1b1 B El Mans AS fa baje A El Banco de propiedades Haga clic sobre cada bot n del banco de propiedades para visualizar el cuadro que permite ajustar la fuente el dise o etc Para cerrar el cuadro de propiedades haga clic sobre el bot n nuevamente O Propiedades de la p gina Establezca el tama o y la orientaci n de la etiqueta Ia 13 Ta O Propiedades de fuentes Especifique la fuente el tama o la letra cursiva etc Belgium 94 O Propiedades de dise o Establezca la alineaci n de la figura o del texto AER laa O Propiedades del texto Establezca la alineaci n del texto el espaciado de l nea etc E Barra de herramientas de dibujo Dibuje caracteres o figuras El Banco de objetos El banco de objetos contiene iconos para agregar a una etiqueta ilustraciones e im genes O C digo de barras Configure un c digo de barras O Clips de arte Recupere diferentes ilustraciones en LL Hp O Organizar el texto Cambie la forma de las lineas de texto J O Crear imagen Retina diferentes elementos para crear una ilustraci n gt En O Imagen Recupere una ilustraci n o fotograf a guar
36. etc A collection of pre formatted templates for labels Auto Format Templates A collection of illustrations etc to arrange on the labels O Typical All of the programs will be installed Approximately 100 MB of available hard disk space is required O Minimal Only P touch Editor will be installed Approximately 20 MB of available hard disk space is required O Custom You can select the programs to install gt The Choose Alias Folder dialog box appears 59 Installin g the Oo ras a 3 Y Select the location where you would like to create an alias and then click Next eo P touch Editor 3 2 Introduction Choose Product Features M Choose Alias Folder F Cancel gt Choose Alias Folder eate aliases Dock OS 10 1 only In the Dock On the Desktop In your home folder Other Choose Don t create aliases pr Previous Cre e For Mac OS X 10 2 select a location other than Dock If Dock is clicked and installation continues the alias will not be created in the Dock and the Dock icon may return to Preferences gt The Pre Installation Summary dialog box appears O Click Install eo P touch Editor 3 2 Introduction Choose Product Features Choose Alias Folder A Prezinstallation Summary s f a F Cancel gt Pre Installation Summary Please Review
37. gt P 35 Select the components that you want to install Luego contin e con el paso 01 gt P29 r P touch Editor gt de g Cuando se completa la preparaci n for creating a wide variety of labels o gt eck aparece el cuadro de di logo f Pose Duck Editor InstallShield Wizard con el P touch Quick Editor and the printer driver will be installed 7 Mable a eli Ab thn siguiente mensaje Welcome to the ae eae InstallShield Wizard for Brother alegre ere etre P touch Editor Version 4 0 creating Avery labels Lea el contenido y luego haga clic sobre Next InstallShield Wizard e P touch Quick Editor y P touch AV fse a fala i Editor no se pueden utilizar con computadoras que funcionan con Windows 95 NT 4 0 The InstallShield Wizard will install Brother P touch Editor Version 4 0 on your computer To continue click Next Cancel Aparece el cuadro de di logo License Agreement 27 28 Lea atentamente el contrato de licencia y luego haga clic sobre Yes InstallShield Wizard License Agreement Please read the following license agreement carefully Press the PAGE DOWN key to see the rest of the agreement SOFTWARE Brother P touch Editor Version Version 4 0 End User License Agreement for Brother Software IMPORTANT PLEASE READ CAREFULLY vv Do you accept all the terms of the preceding License Agreement If you choose No the
38. impresora Seleccione esta opci n cuando necesite conectar varias PT 9500PC operativas a la misma computadora personal En el caso de Windows 98 98 SE Me s lo se agrega un puerto nuevo sin que lo haga como una impresora nueva Haga clic sobre Yes Confirmation 9 All Brother PT 9500PC printers will be deleted o OK to delete gt Comienza la eliminaci n del controlador de impresora Deleting Progress gt Aparece un cuadro de di logo que indica que la unidad Brother PT 9500PC se elimin correctamente 48 Haga clic sobre Finish Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC Brother PT 9500PC was correctly deleted Click Finish to quit setup gt La eliminaci n del controlador de impresora se ha completado Sistemas con Mac OS 8 6 9 x Siga el siguiente procedimiento para instalar el software en una Macintosh que funcione con Mac OS 8 6 9 x E Creaci n de etiquetas con varios dise os Consulte IInstalaci6n de P touch Editor y del controlador de impresora gt P 49 E Impresi n sencilla de etiquetas Consulte Instalaci n de P touch Quick Editor y del controlador de impresora gt P 51 Haga doble clic sobre el icono P touch IInstalaci n de P touch Editor 3 2 Installer Editor y del controlador de impresora O P touch Editor 3 2 El E aos i Editor 3 2 Installer BHA EEG Instale P touch Editor 3 2 para dise ar etiquetas
39. n sencilla de etiquetas Consulte Instalaci n de P touch Quick Editor gt P 59 Instalaci n de P touch Editor Instale P touch Editor 3 2 para dise ar etiquetas y el software del controlador de impresora Nota O Al instalar el software reg strese utilizando un nombre de usuario con autoridad de administrador O Para Mac OS X 10 1 el funcionamiento de P touch Editor Installer puede ser lento Al instalar o desinstalar el software seleccione un m todo de entrada que no sea japon s por ejemplo espa ol utilizando el men del teclado Pulse la barra de espacio mientras mantiene pulsada la tecla de comando para modificar el m todo de entrada Encienda la Macintosh y luego inserte el CD ROM en la unidad de CD ROM gt Aparece la icono P touch CD ROM O Haga doble clic sobre el icono P touch 6 P touch gt Aparece la ventana P touch 56 Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta Mac OS X eee j P touch e feo m A y A Back View i Computer Home Favorites Applications Mac OS 9 Mac OS X gt Aparece la ventana Mac OS X Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta P touch Editor 3 2 180808 F Mac OS X CO Back View P touch Quick Editor Driver Installer pkg Utility gt Aparece la ventana P touch Editor AD Haga doble clic sobre el icono P touch Editor 3 2 Installer eco 2 P touch Editor 3 2 O mmm E Y Y A Back View Computer Home Favor
40. wt a E E E A E E E E E cable rr ls dada dada dada datada dada dada da dada DDD y y y Printer driver Y y Leet y PT 9500PC is connected sie 4 Printer driver to the personal computer Y M installation during installation y M O a a a a a a a a as aaa a E H 4 ha a a a a a a a a a a a ss e gt Insert the CD ROM into the CD ROM drive and begin setup ue installation peach H P touch AV Editor y _ Editor installation Printer driver installation H y installation 18 gt D D gt KE IE OS D gt A E RD E gt for USB Select connection method ee M Windows 95 NT 4 0 When using y is not supported PS 9000 y y M Quick Editor y lt Mh AV X Serial Network a A Editor interface COn echan Emne 4 installation Aa a a A A A A E E SAI ce O The printer driver and the editing software are installed together a a a For For Windows RS 98 98 SE Me 2000 Pro XP y y y H Select the editing software y y y y y Printer driver installation for serial connection P touch Editor P touch Editor installation Setup is complete Printer driver installation for network connection 27 Installin g the Oo ras a 3 Y Installation precautions When installing the software on a personal computer note the following precautions according to the operat
41. you and Brother sign the same piece of paper in which we 1 refer to this Product and your bill of sale date 2 describe the change to this warranty and 3 agree to make that change Important We recommend that you keep all original packing materials in the event that you ship this product Important Information Should you have questions or need information about your Brother Product we have a variety of support options for you to choose from USA Customer Service Customer Service 877 478 6824 voice Customer Service 901 379 1210 fax Automated Faxback 800 521 2846 World Wide Web www brother com Supplies Accessories www brothermall com or 888 879 3232 BROTHER INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION 100 SOMERSET CORPORATE BLVD BRIDGEWATER NEW JERSEY 08807 0911 Please record your model and serial number and your date and location of Purchase below for your records Keep this information with your proof of purchase bill of sale in case your Product requires service Model Serial Date of purchase Store where purchased Location of store Important We recommend that you keep all original packing materials in the event you ship this product Save Time Register On Line Don t stand in line at the post office or worry about lost mail Visit us on line at www registermybrother com Your product will immediately be registered in our database and you can be on your way Also while
42. 109 Cable de alimentaci n c cece eee ee 10 15 Cable de interfaz en serie cece eee ee 10 18 Cable de interfaz USB 0 eee cece ee 10 17 Calendari Oannes annia AA elas 73 Cambio de color del fondo ccccccccccccco 82 Captura de pantalla ooocccnnnnnnicininiconocono 73 Casete de CiMfa cooccnnccnocnnocnnocnnccnacenocos 10 20 Casete A a casein acannon 20 Cat logo de Cta tasador 11 COROM A o 11 99 CHOOSER AA AA tren AA S 54 Cinta limpiadora ip sirios 110 Cintas laminadas eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 116 Clips Ge Eus o 73 95 C digo de barraS ooccccccccnononononones 73 95 104 Condiciones de impresi n 75 83 87 96 Con ctese a un puerto USB eee 37 Conexi n a la fuente de alimentaci n 15 Conexi n a un puerto en Serie 18 38 Conexi n a un puerto USB oniiarosianci ntaiaicias 17 Conexi n a una computadora personal 16 Conexi n de la PT 9500PC occcccccncncncncncnoss 15 120 Contact Information oocccnnccnnccnnnocononnnnno 122 Controlador de impresora 24 37 49 52 COMACON O A Sct asa 110 Crear NAL O AA CATA 73995 Cubierta del compartimiento de la cinta 12 D Desinstalaci n de P touch Editor 54 65 Desinstalaci n de P touch Quick Editor 54 67 Desinstalaci n del software 46 54 65 E Eliminaci n del controlador de impresora ica 55 68 Elimine el controlador de impr
43. 24 Confirming the included accessories Open the box and confirm that the following items are included If any item is missing or damaged please contact the retail outlet where the PT 9500PC was purchased E PT 9500PC Label printer El AC adapter model AD 9000 Connect to the power supply cord El Power supply cord Connect to an electrical outlet AC 120 V E USB interface cable Use this cable to connect the PT 9500PC to the USB port of a personal computer 12 Serial interface cable Use this cable to connect the PT 9500PC to the serial port of a personal computer E Tape cassette This cassette contains the tape for the labels E Label stick Use when the backing of a printed label is difficult to remove The label stick is installed inside the PT 9500PC tape compartment cover Ta E E Collection tray This tray collects the printed labels ejected from the PT 9500PC E Quick Reference this manual Keep for future reference E CD ROM The CD ROM contains software etc to install on a personal computer E Tape catalog This catalog contains a list of tape cassettes designed exclusively for the P touch series printers 13 y N v Nan D ca PT 9500PC terms This section identifies the main PT 9500PC terms Front view Tape compartment cover GY cd T Cover release button Label outlet U ERROR lamp Power
44. 71 Ventana de A A A al PEPEES IARE 72 Creaci n de UNO da 74 Impresi n de etiquetas or AS dE 75 Utilizaci n del a aii 76 Creaci n de otros tipos de El quasi oh saasveunn vain decsademuuwnwatcctetedaaanina ees 78 Creaci n de etiquetas utilizando P touch Quick Editor oooonoooonooccccccnonnnnnononocnccnacn nos 79 Activaci n de P touch Quick EMO n 79 USO Sencillo il isa 80 Otras TUNCIORN ES ocenienie eesis a beta ATADA ATA eva dia eaaa eeue 80 Creaci n de etiquetas utilizando P touch AV Editor sssssscssscscecesssssssssssssseeeeeees 84 Inicio de PAQUEN AV EMO eanan a eaan a i eaaa i Ga 84 FUNCIONAMIENTO ASI COE A a ES 85 Qtras TUN CIONES ata I EARE E a RAE Rio ri 85 Despues de la impresi n scsi decana andanada 89 Extracci n de la hoja de respaldo de la etiqueta ssris iia 89 4 Creaci n de etiquetas Versi n para Macintosh sssssscssccssrrcsreeee 91 Creaci n de etiquetas O A DATA 92 Creaci n de etiquetas utilizando P touch Editor ooocccoooonoononnnncccnacanoncncnononoconananonos 93 Activaci n de P touch Editor pes ia 93 Manel AA NN 94 Creaci n AS UN Olor edo aaa 95 Impresion de etiquetas nad AA A a eee 96 Utilizaci n de la Gu a de usuario del CD ROM assi diia 99 Creaci n de etiquetas utilizando P touch Quick Editor ooooooonoccccccnccnnnnnnonoonccnannnos 101 Activaci n de Ponen QUICK Editore aia dad 101 Utilizaci n de P touch Quick Editor vr da tit 101 Despues de
45. Aparece el cuadro de di logo Choose Alias Folder 57 D oder o os os s SF DN a Seleccione la ubicaci n en la que desea crear un alias y haga clic sobre Next eo P touch Editor 3 2 Installing P touch Editor 3 2 xo Installing Cupid1 eo P touch Editor 3 2 A Introduction Choose Alias Folder Choose Product Features Choose Alias Folder A Prezinstallation Summary Introduction Choose Product Features eate aliases Dock OS 10 1 only In the Dock M Choose Alias Folder Installing m On the Desktop a a In your home folder o Other Choose Don t create aliases cancer ss F Cancel gt Previous CHD Al completarse la instalaci n e Para Mac OS X 10 2 seleccione una aparece el cuadro de di logo ubicaci n que no sea Dock Si hace Install Complete clic sobre Dock y contin a con la instalaci n el alias no se crear en D Haga clic sobre Done Dock y el icono Dock puede volver a las preferencias 86 P touch Editor 3 2 Install Complete rA dl A Introduction Congratulations P touch Editor 3 2 has been successfully gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Pre i o tested installation Summary A chance Na Biher A Prezinstallation Summary Click Done to quit the installer Installing A Install Complete O Haga c
46. Bi WinZip New Office Document Norton SystemWorks gt Aa Accessories P touch Editor 3 2 Microsoft Outlook e Microsoft Word 3 Brother Sewing Software PS 300A gt lt P touch Quick Editor gt Se inicia P touch AV Editor 84 Vista de la etiqueta Bot n de impresi n Bot n de historial de texto Bot n de s mbolos Bot n de salida AV1789 File Folder Propiedades del texto Bot n de etiquetas de direcciones AV2067 Bot n de etiquetas de direcciones de devoluci n AV1957 Bot n de etiquetas para carpetas de archivos AV1789 Tama o de la etiqueta actual Funcionamiento basico Esta secci n describe los procedimientos b sicos para imprimir etiquetas AV utilizando P touch AV Editor OQ Inicie P touch AV Editor Haga clic sobre el bot n correspondiente al tama o de etiqueta AV que desee gt La vista de la etiqueta cambia al formato del tama o seleccionado AV2067 Addres Ed E Ki gt x ao AB Sue Haga clic sobre el cuadro de texto y escriba el texto ABC IMPORT EXPORT R Becker 29 South Main St Los Angeles CA 88888 AN2067 Addres A do x ao IA urai RE Haga clic sobre ES Se imprimira la etiqueta Nota O Mientras se escribe el texto el tama o se ajusta autom ticamente para que todo el texto quepa en el cuadro Otras funciones Esta secci n explica otras funciones disponibles con P touch AV Editor Nota O Hay
47. CD ROM Haga clic sobre Yes want to restart my computer now y luego haga clic sobre Finish Setup Complete Setup has finished copying files to your computer Before you can use the program you must restart Windows or your computer No will restart my computer later Remove any disks from their drives and then click Finish to complete setup gt La instalaci n del P touch Quick Editor se ha completado y la computadora personal se reiniciar Instalaci n de P touch AV Editor exclusivamente Instale P touch AV Editor para formatear el texto de las etiquetas AV Nota e P touch AV Editor no se puede utilizar con computadoras que funcionan con Windows 95 NT 4 0 Encienda la computadora personal y luego inserte el CD ROM en la unidad de CD ROM gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Brother Setup e Puede transcurrir alg n tiempo hasta que aparezca el cuadro de di logo Brother Setup e Si el cuadro de di logo Brother Setup no aparece haga doble clic sobre el icono My Computer y a continuaci n haga doble clic sobre el icono P touch Haga clic sobre el bot n de instalaci n avanzada Select the setup method Basic setup The editing software and the preset printer driver will be installed This option is normally selected Advanced setup The software and printer driver will be installed separately The editing software can be installed or the printer driver can be insta
48. CT FL GA IL LA MA MD MI MN MO NC NJ NV NY OH PA TN TX VA WA WI deber n a adir el impuesto aplicable sobre la venta Opciones de env o y manipulaci n Elija una opci n e Flete normal e Territorio continental de EEUU 5 75 Alaska y Hawaii 8 75 GU PR VI 15 75 e Flete a reo 48 horas S lo en territorio continental de EEUU 8 75 e Entrega al d a siguiente S lo en territorio continental de EEUU 14 75 TOTAL A PAGAR No se admiten pedidos contra reembolso M todo de abono marque uno Visa Master Card Discover Tal n Giro postal American Express Numero de cuenta Fecha de caducidad Firma Direcci n de facturaci n si es distinta de la direcci n de env o indicada a la izquierda FORMULARIO DE PEDIDO DE ACCESORIOS PARA LA P TOUCH s lo para Estados Unidos Estimado cliente Adjuntamos este formulario de pedido para su comodidad para el caso de que su tienda minorista no disponga de los articulos que necesita Para hacer su pedido por correo envie este formulario cumplimentado junto con el abono correspondiente a la direcci n que se indica a continuaci n Si desea pagar con tarjeta de cr dito llame al n mero gratuito 1 888 879 3232 env e por fax el formulario cumplimentado al n mero 1 800 947 1445 o visite nuestro sitio Web en http www brothermall com Consulte el n de producto y el precio en la lista de accesorios que se incluye en la Gu a del usuario
49. Editor E Para Windows XP En la barra de tareas haga clic sobre el bot n Start apunte a All Programs y luego haga clic sobre P touch Quick Editor ha Internet Internet Explorer 7 My Documents MO E mail Outlook Express NS MSN Explorer Windows Media Play A F Q Windows Movie Makd D Tour Windows XP Files and Settings Tra Wizard AllPrograms W Windows Catalog Windows Update a Accessories a Games a Startup Internet Explorer WO MSN Explorer ES Outlook Express po Remote Assistance windows Media Player 3 Windows Messenger EA P touch Editor 4 0 BY P touch AV Editor P touch Quick Editor B Log OFF O Turn OFF Computer E Para Windows 95 98 98 SE Me NT 4 0 2000 Pro En la barra de tareas haga clic sobre el bot n Start apunte a Programs y luego haga clic sobre P touch Quick Editor lo o o 3 o Es A Accessories 3 Games gt Online Services x A P touch Editor 4 0 a StartUp Internet Explorer a Outlook Express B P touch AV Editor P touch Quick Editor oro yo vy sv B Windows Media Player Se activa P touch Quick Editor Barra de herramientas Length 1 06 Width 1 Cuadro de texto 79 os x e aS Ss L 5 zR A He 5 SS c oo Ce 25 O gt Uso sencillo En esta secci n se describen los procedimientos par
50. GA Accessories MSN Explorer bs IM Games O Windows Media Play m Startup 3 Internet Explorer D ve Windows Movie Make na MSN Explorer A Outlook Express Tour Wind xP ney p Remote Assistance A Files and Settings Tr windows Media Player Wizard 3 Windows Messenger fa P touch Editor 4 0 gt A P touch Editor E P touch av Editor All Programs P touch Quick Editor B Log Off g Turn OFF Computer The dialog box to select the layout appears E For Windows 95 98 98 SE Me NT 4 0 2000 Pro On the taskbar click the Start button point to Programs point to P touch Editor 4 0 and then click P touch Editor gt Accessories 3 Games ocuments gt Online Services 5 mi a po Eh A ES P touch Editor 4 0 y StartUp E g ES P touch Library Search gt amp Intemet Explorer Outlook Express El P touch AV Editor un lt P touch Quick Editor B Windows Media Player gt The dialog box to select the layout appears 73 labels 8 c N Sa lt 7 gt Y 3 O o bs 9 O Layout window P touch Editor and to select the layout method to start appears O Select the layout Create a New Layout A ah p Create a New Layout H Using the Auto Format Wizard r Open a Layout Open the Last Layout Used A Open an Existing Layout J Do Not Display This Dialog Again Canc
51. Insert Format Tool Layout Window Help Biz a a m x OS 0 ff Be ee rt 9 Text Arrange Text Bar Code Decorative Table Image Clip Art Symbol Frame Capture O Insert New Favorites 3 History For Help press F1 El Banco de propiedades Haga clic sobre cada bot n del banco de propiedades para visualizar el cuadro que permite ajustar la fuente el dise o etc Para cerrar el cuadro de propiedades haga clic sobre el bot n nuevamente O Propiedades de impresi n Establezca el m todo de impresi n de etiquetas Brother PT S500RC x 72 O Propiedades de la p gina Establezca el tama o y la orientaci n de la etiqueta NomalFoma OA Gpo a poz Qi aa O Propiedades del texto Establezca la fuente utilizada la alineaci n del texto el espaciado de l nea etc al z ula eo ee p E 2 3 38 w 2 Sell O Propiedades de dise o Establezca la alineaci n de la figura o del texto x e e m m EE dolo oal m z a ua gll al al E Barra de herramientas de dibujo Dibuje caracteres o figuras OASQOOOY REF El Banco de objetos El banco de objetos contiene iconos para agregar a una etiqueta ilustraciones e im genes O Texto Inserte las l neas de texto Text O Organizar el texto Cambie la forma de las lineas de texto 66 Arrange Test O C digo de Barras Configure un c digo de barras Bar
52. Los Angeles e CA Band AV2067 Address Ed E Ke gt x 87 g labels Creatin c N Sa lt 7 gt Y 3 O E Adding a symbol A symbol from the various installed symbol fonts can added at the left side of the label Click 7X gt The Input Symbol dialog box appears Input Symbol Select a symbol Select the font name in the Symbol Font drop down list and then select the symbol in the Symbol List box 3 Click OK The selected symbol appears in the label view ABC IMPORT EXPORT W R Becker A 29 South Main St e Only one symbol can be added to the text If a symbol has already been added to the text it will be replaced by the newly selected symbol Note O To remove a symbol that has been added click to the right of and then click Delete in the drop down menu that appeared 88 E Importing text P touch AV Editor can be set up so that text from different applications can easily be imported into the label O Specifying the shortcut key for importing Right click in the P touch AV Editor window and then click Options in the menu that appeared gt The Options dialog box appears Import Method Alt Right click C Ctrl Right click Shift Right click Select the desired import keys and then click OK O Importing text from a different application Select the desired text in the other application Either pres
53. Mac OS X is installed 18009 E Macintosh HD e E w MY gt Back View i Computer Home Favorites Applications A a P P pp icanons touch_Editor stallLog log touch_Quick stallLog log r Library bs System Temporary Items gt The Applications window appears 70 E Double click the Utilities folder E r A al 06000 A Applications Oo mea ao ew de p o FOUE EOS Y gt Back View i Computer Home Favorites Applications Image Capture iMovie Internet Explorer iTunes _ Mail P touch Quick Editor Preview a E iQ le E QuickTime Player Sherlock Stickies ar k a gt 3 a System Preferences TextEdit Utilities gt gt The Utilities window appears A Double click the Print Center icon r 7 sites 7 000 Z Utilities Qian E A Y A A E A Back View i Computer Home Favorites Applications DICC y orere cron copy DIN we i 3 Display Calibrator Grab Installer a Mi Java Web Start Key Caps Keychain Access Netinfo Manager Network Utility mm Beba ProcessViewer Stuffit Expander Terminal 7 gt The Printer List dialog box appears Select PT 9500PC and then click Delete eco Printer List Kind Status e PT 9500PC PT 9500PC Delete Add Printer The printer is deleted 6 Close the Printer List dialog box Creating labels Windows version This chapter contains the procedures to design and prin
54. Macintosh with the USB interface cable and then turn on the PT 9500PC For details refer to Connecting to a personal computer gt P 18 Proceed to Selecting the printer gt P 56 54 Installing the printer driver only Install only the necessary printer driver to use the PT 9500PC as a printer Note O Do not connect the USB interface cable to the Macintosh until the printer driver has been installed and the Macintosh has been restarted If the USB interface cable is already connected to the Macintosh remove the USB interface cable Start the Macintosh and then insert the CD ROM into the CD ROM drive gt The P touch window appears O Double click the Mac OS 9 folder Oo 2 P touch i 3 2 items zero K available Mac 05 Xx gt The Mac OS 9 window appears Double click the P touch Editor 3 2 folder The P touch Editor 3 2 window appears Double click the P touch Editor 3 2 Installer icon Click Install Installation begins O P touch Editor 3 2 El E a items zero K available dd P touch Editor 3 2 dd P touch Editor is an application that gives you a variety of designing possibilities for creating labels and stamps O P touch Editor 3 2 MPT 9500PC Driver O Fonts O Auto Format Templates O Clip Art P touch Editor 3 2 Instal le Start up Read Me messa
55. My Computer Details 44 Haga clic sobre Utilities y luego haga clic sobre Properties junto a Utilities amp Brother PT 9500PC Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Device Settings Brother PT 9500PC Device Settings Transmission Time Out 5 Second s Para Windows 95 98 98 SE Me haga clic sobre Utilities gt Aparecer el cuadro de di logo Brother PT 9500 Utility Seleccione la velocidad en baudios deseada Brother PT 9500PC Utility Printer Brother PT 9500PC Power on when plugged in Current Setting Unknown Current Settings OFF y Apply Command Mode Current Command Mode Unknown Current Command Mode ESC P y Apply Calibration Print length adjustment Baud Rate Can only be specified with a serial connection Current baud rate PC setting 3600 bps Current Port Connection COM1 Baud 9600 vw bps 9600 Apply 57600 Resets 115200 USO Jefa Haga clic sobre Apply Se cambiar la velocidad en baudios Progress Setting the baud rate Una Haga clic sobre Close e Brother PT 9500PC Utility Printer Brother PT 9500PC Power on when plugged in Current Setting Unknown Current Settings OFF v Apply Command Mode Current Command Mode Unknown Current Command Mode ESC P v Apply Calibration Print length adjustment Baud Rate Can only be specified with a serial conn
56. ROM gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Brother Setup e Puede transcurrir alg n tiempo hasta que aparezca el cuadro de di logo Brother Setup e Si el cuadro de di logo Brother Setup no aparece haga doble clic sobre el icono My Computer y a continuaci n haga doble clic en el icono P touch Haga clic sobre el bot n de Instalaci n avanzada a Brother Setup Select the setup method Basic setup The editing software and the preset printer driver will be installed This option is normally selected r Advanced setup The software and printer driver will be installed separately The editing software can be installed or the printer driver can be installed updated or removed gt Aparece un cuadro de di logo en el que puede seleccionar el software que desea instalar Haga clic sobre el bot n correspondiente a P touch Editor a Brother Setup Select the components that you want to install m P touch Editor P touch Editor 4 will be installed This editing software provides various advanced functions for creating a wide variety of labels i r P touch Quick Editor P touch Quick Editor will be installed This editing software provides various functions for easily creating simple labels rm P touch AV Editor P touch AV Editor will be installed This editing software provides various functions for easily creating Avery labels r Driver Th
57. S 9 _ N sP ras a 3 E o Y O Haga clic sobre Next eo P touch Quick Editor A Introduction Please Read Before Continuing Precautions if the previous version of the software is installed e o If the software is being upgraded from the p previous version the previous version must be e uninstalled before this version is installed Follow the procedure below to remove the previous version of the software The following uninstallation procedure is also described in the ReadMe file and in the User s Guide To uninstall the P touch Quick Editor software 1 Double click the Applications folder on the Macintosh HD to open it 2 Double click the P touch Quick Editor folder to open it 3 Double click the Uninstall Quick Editor folder 4 Double click the Uninstall Quick Editor icon in the folder that appears The uninstaller starts up 5 Click the Uninstall button After P touch Quick Editor is removed a dialog box appears indicating Y a Cancel gt Previous gt gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Choose Alias Folder Seleccione la ubicaci n en la que desea crear un alias y haga clic sobre Next Important Information e Para Mac OS X 10 2 seleccione una ubicaci n que no sea Dock Si hace clic sobre Dock y contin a con la instalaci n el alias no se crear en Dock y el icono Dock volver a tener la configuraci n inic
58. Set the figure or text alignment oc See srl O Text properties Set the text alignment line spacing etc E Draw toolbar Draw characters or figures E Object dock The object dock contains icons to add Creating a name badge illustrations and likenesses to a label O Bar Code The chapter contains an example of creating a Set up a bar code nametag using Mac OS 8 6 9 x E O Start P touch Editor O Clip Art Retrieve various illustrations Click go The page properties box appears z page prop pp A E Set the label length to 4 100 mm 5 Ol Arrange Text Change the shape of the lines of text as a ably Coma F EJ Gsm 13 O Make Picture Assemble different elements to create an en ee O Set the label width to 1 24 mm 9 Saa aa O Image eij Gsi 13 Retrieve a saved illustration or photograph Click a in the page property box gt The printing orientation will be set to O Date and Time landscape orientation The current date and time can be displayed as a line of text O Click Al The font properties box appears labels version en S amp t O Merge Database Field Make a database field Creatin Macinto 7 In the font box select Atlanta A COC 12 alajala as as 97 In the font size box select 36 Click A on the toolbar The text tool is selected Click in the l
59. Setup e Puede transcurrir alg n tiempo hasta que aparezca el cuadro de di logo Brother Setup e Si el cuadro de di logo Brother Setup no aparece haga doble clic sobre el icono My Computer y a continuaci n haga doble clic en el icono P touch Haga clic sobre el bot n de Instalaci n avanzada a Brother Setup Select the setup method Basic setup The editing software and the preset printer driver will be e installed This option is normally selected r Advanced setup The software and printer driver will be installed separately The editing software can be installed or the printer driver can be installed updated or removed Aparece un cuadro de di logo en el que puede seleccionar el software que desea instalar E Haga clic sobre el bot n del controlador a Brother Setup Select the components that you want to install r P touch Editor P touch Editor 4 will be installed This editing software provides various advanced functions Z A for creating a wide variety of labels 2 P touch Quick Editor P touch Quick Editor will be installed a This editing software provides various functions for easily Ga creating simple labels P touch AV Editor P touch AV Editor will be installed This editing software provides various functions for easily AV creating Avery labels y Driver The printer driver will be installed updated or removed
60. Setup program Click Cancel to quit Setup and then close any programs you have running Click Next to continue with the Setup program WARNING This program is protected by copyright law and international treaties Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this program or any portion of it may result in severe civil and criminal penalties and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under law Aparece el cuadro de di logo User Information Escriba su nombre y el nombre de la empresa en los cuadros Name y Company y a continuaci n haga clic sobre Next User Information Type your name below You must also type the name of the company you work for Name e Company Brothed 36 gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Registration Confirmation Compruebe que su nombre y el nombre de la empresa son correctos y luego haga clic sobre Yes Para corregir la informaci n de registro haga clic sobre No Registration Confirmation You have provided the following registration information Name RRR Company Brother Is this registration information correct gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Choose Destination Location Seleccione la carpeta de destino donde se instalar n los archivos y luego haga clic sobre Next Para seleccionar otra carpeta de destino haga clic sobre Browse Choose Destination Location Setup will install P touch AV Editor in the following folde
61. Wizard Start Copying Files Review settings before copying files S Setup has enough information to start copying the program files If you want to review or e E ste C u ad ro d e d i Ogo p u ed e n O change any settings click Back If you are satisfied with the settings click Next to begin copying files aparecer dependiendo del sistema Curent Settings User foma operativo que funcione en la Company Brother Destination Folder computadora pe rsonal C Program Files Brother Ptedit40 Setup Type er lh oor uae ar with the most common options Aparece el cuad ro de di logo Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC Cancel Aparece el cuadro de di logo Install Driver 29 13 Haga clic sobre Next Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC The following driver will be set up Brother PT 9500PC Warning Do not connect or turn on the Brother PT 9500PC until you are directed to To continue click Next Setup will begin ia Cancel gt Comienza la preparaci n para la instalaci n Preparing for setup Progress Cuando se haya completado la preparaci n para la instalaci n se le indicar que conecte la PT 9500PC a una computadora personal Conecte la PT 9500PC a una computadora personal con el cable de interfaz USB y luego encienda la PT 9500PC Para obtener m s informaci n consulte Conexi n a una computadora personal gt P 16
62. a una EX una conexi n E controlador de y o computadora personal i ue P impresora para Y A nstalaci n del completado durante la instalaci n B una conexi n en Y controlador de feeeeeeeeeeeece y i Y impresora para t J H una conexi n en y ha a a a a a a a a a a a ss e gt SAI ce 25 Precauciones de instalaci n Al instalar el software en una computadora personal tenga en cuenta las siguientes precauciones de acuerdo con el entorno de funcionamiento utilizado E Conexi n a un puerto USB No conecte el cable de interfaz USB a la computadora personal hasta que el software haya sido instalado Si conecta el cable de interfaz USB a una computadora personal antes de que el software haya sido instalado aparecer el siguiente cuadro de di logo Haga clic sobre Cancel y retire el cable de interfaz USB Found New Hardware Wizard Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard This wizard helps you install software for Brother PT 9500PC If your hardware came with an installation CD lt 6 or floppy disk insert it now What do you want the wizard to do Click Next to continue E Conexi n a un puerto en serie Si va a conectar la PT 9500PC a una computadora personal utilizando una conexi n en serie conecte la PT 9500PC a la computadora antes de instalar el software Para obtener m s informaci n consulte Conexi n a una computadora personal gt P 16 El Sistemas con W
63. device ersonal computer i P P For a USB connection Windows 98 98 SE Me 2000 Pro XP Pre installed device USB port preparation device Macintosh Mac OS 8 6 9 x Mac OS X 10 1 10 2 6 USB port preparation device pate hl Over 70 MB of available space Hard disk Over 100 MB of available space IBM PC or compatible Te eee Menia personal computer 24MB or more of available space IEMS al SONA ERIE SVGA high color or higher graphics card PA personal computer 1 Only compatible with Windows 2000 Professional excluding Windows 2000 Server 2 Microsoft Internet Explorer Version 3 02 or later is necessary to operate the installer For Windows NT 4 0 Service Pack 6 or later and Internet Explorer Version 5 5 or later are necessary 3 Required available space when installing the software with all of the options excluding the CD ROM User s Guide for Macintosh Operating System 117 Accessories For USA Only The following supplies and accessories are available for your P touch machine and can be ordered directly from Brother should your retailer not stock them E Avery Labels for P touch Ideal for printing Avery paper labels one at a time black printing on white labels Stock No Description Price AV1789 File Folder Labels 5 8 x 3 1 2 50 labels cassette 12 99 AV1957 Return Address Labels 3 4 x 2 1 4 70 labels cassette 12 99 AV2067 Address Labels 3 4 x 2 5 8 65 labels cassette 12 9
64. el PC comience a crear etiquetas El Creaci n de etiquetas con varios dise os Contin e con Creaci n de etiquetas utilizando P touch Editor gt P 71 E Impresi n sencilla de etiquetas Contin e con Creaci n de etiquetas utilizando P touch Quick Editor gt P 79 70 Creaci n de etiquetas utilizando P touch Editor Con P touch Editor se pueden crear etiquetas con diferentes dise os Nota O Este cap tulo contiene un resumen de P touch Editor Los detalles sobre el uso de P touch Editor se encuentran en Help Consulte Utilizaci n de Help gt P 76 e En este cap tulo se utilizan principalmente los ejemplos de cuadros de di logo de Windows XP E Para Windows 95 98 98 SE Me NT 4 0 Activacion de P touch Editor 2000 Pro a En la barra de tareas haga clic en el bot n Start apunte a Programs apunte a P touch Editor 4 0 y despu s haga clic sobre E Para Windows XP P touch Editor En la barra de tareas haga clic sobre el bot n Start apunte a All Programs apunte a Active P touch Editor o Windows Update P touch Editor 4 0 y despu s haga clic sobre prisa 8 P touch Editor 0 AAA Settings 3 StartUp gt 2 P touch Library Outlook Express O tee E P touch AV Editor F pun P touch Quick Editor B B Windows Media Player amp a Search Internet Explorer A CZ My Docum
65. i Computer Home Favorites Applications F Cancel O evic FI 3 Mac OS 9 gt The Important Information dialog box appears The Mac OS X window appears 61 O Click Next eo P touch Quick Editor Important Information A Introduction Please Read Before Continuing a Precautions if the previous version of the o software is installed o If the software is being upgraded from the previous version the previous version must be e uninstalled before this version is installed Follow the procedure below to remove the previous version of the software The following uninstallation procedure is also described in the ReadMe file and in the User s Guide To uninstall the P touch Quick Editor software 1 Double click the Applications folder on the Macintosh HD to open it 2 Double click the P touch Quick Editor folder to open it 3 Double click the Uninstall Quick Editor folder 4 Double click the Uninstall Quick Editor icon in the folder that appears The uninstaller starts up a 5 Click the Uninstall button After P touch Quick Editor is removed a dialog box appears indicating Y Cancel gt Previous FI The Choose Alias Folder dialog box appears Select the location where you would like to create an alias and then click Next eo P touch Quick Editor Choose Alias Folder Where would you like to create aliases Dock OS 10 1 only A Introduct
66. incluidos con la PT 9500PC cable de interfaz USB cable de interfaz en serie O Utilice s lo accesorios y repuestos originales de Brother No utilice ning n accesorio o repuesto no autorizado E Adaptador de CA O Utilice s lo el adaptador de CA incluido con la PT 9500PC O Cuando no est previsto utilizar la PT 9500PC por un largo periodo de tiempo desenchufe el cable de alimentaci n E Cinta casete de cinta O Con esta m quina utilice exclusivamente cintas Brother TZ o etiquetas Brother Avery AV No utilice cintas que no tengan la marca O No tire de la cinta el casete de cinta podr a da arse Si la etiqueta est adherida a una superficie h meda sucia o aceitosa es posible que se despegue Antes de fijar la etiqueta limpie la superficie donde va a ser fijada O Dependiendo de las condiciones ambientales as como del material el estado la aspereza y la forma de la superficie donde ser fijada es posible que parte de la cinta no se fije adecuadamente o que la etiqueta se despegue O Para comprobar la fuerza de adhesi n de la etiqueta o antes de utilizarla en situaciones en que la seguridad preocupe especialmente pruebe la etiqueta fijando un peque o fragmento en un rea discreta de la superficie en cuesti n Si se utiliza la etiqueta en el exterior los rayos ultravioletas el viento y la lluvia pueden deste ir el color de la etiqueta y los bordes pueden despegarse O Las marcas hechas con tintas al leo o a
67. install P touch Quick Editor on your aa computer It is strongly recommended that you exit all Windows programs before running this Setup program Click Cancel to quit Setup and then close any programs you have running Click Next to continue with the Setup program WARNING This program is protected by copyright law and international treaties Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this program or any portion of it may result in severe civil and criminal penalties and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under law The User Information dialog box appears 35 e Y c g the are 3 O A Type your name and company name in Name and Company respectively and then click Next User Information Type your name below You must also type the name of the company you work for Name pe Company Brothed The Registration Confirmation dialog box appears Confirm that the name and company name are correct and then click Yes To correct the registration information click No Registration Confirmation You have provided the following registration information Name RERE Company Brother Is this registration information corect The Choose Destination Location dialog box appears Select the destination folder where the files will be installed and then click Next To select another destination folder click Browse Choose Destina
68. labels Creating wide Inverting text labels aA 80 Creating labels using P touch Quick Editor Labels can be created simply using P touch Quick Editor Note O The examples of dialog boxes from Windows XP are mainly used in this chapter Starting P touch Quick Editor Start P touch Quick Editor E For Windows XP On the taskbar click the Start button point to All Programs and then click P touch Quick Editor ha Internet Internet Explorer MO E mail Outlook Express NS MSN Explorer Windows Media Play a Q Windows Movie Makd D Tour Windows xP Files and Settings Tra Wizard All Programs 7 My Documents W Windows Catalog Windows Update a Accessories a Games a Startup Internet Explorer WO MSN Explorer ES Outlook Express po Remote Assistance windows Media Player 3 Windows Messenger EA P touch Editor 4 0 BY P touch AV Editor ouch Quick Editor B Log OFF O Turn OFF Computer E For Windows 95 98 98 SE Me NT 4 0 2000 Pro On the taskbar click the Start button point to Programs and then click P touch Quick Editor gt Accessories 3 Games gt Online Services x A P touch Editor 4 0 a StartUp Internet Explorer 5 Dutlook Express Fl P touch AV Editor P touch Quick Editor B Windows Media Player yvy v vy gt P touch Quick Editor starts Toolbar 2 Length 1 06 Width 1 Label
69. may be required to deliver by hand if you prefer or send the Product properly packaged freight prepaid to the Authorized Service Center together with a photocopy of your bill of sale You are responsible for the cost of shipping packing product and insurance if you desire You are also responsible for loss or damage to this Product in shipping What Brother will do First 90 Days If the problem reported concerning your Machine and or accompanying Consumable and Accessory Item s is covered by this warranty and if you first reported the problem to Brother or an Authorized Service Center within 90 days from the date of original purchase Brother or its Authorized Service Center will repair or replace the Machine and or accompanying Consumable and Accessory Item s at no charge to you for parts or labor The decision as to whether to repair or replace the Machine and or accompanying Consumable and Accessory Item s is made by Brother in its sole discretion Brother reserves the right to supply a refurbished or remanufactured replacement Machine and or accompanying Consumable and Accessory Item s and use refurbished parts provided such replacement products conform to the manufacturer s specifications for new product parts The repaired or replacement Machine and or accompanying Consumable and Accessory Item s will be returned to you freight prepaid or made available for you to pick up at a conveniently located Authorized Servic
70. n de etique tas de c digo de barras Utilizaci n de infor maci n de Excel para imprimir eti quetas Creaci n de etique tas anchas 78 Muestra ve Best Hit Songs ore Jan Aug ms ar NN IF Agar Fears 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 2 ACE Department Fhrrire Dap Serial No 01234567890 Device No ABODEFGHJE oo es Oe CU M Smh Pato ig eyed ALAN LEE Cal AD Mair CE E MN LO O ACA Funci n descrita Especificaci n del tama o de la etiqueta Alineaci n centrada del texto de la etiqueta Adici n de un marco alrededor del texto Especificaci n de un tema de fondo Inserci n de ilustraciones de clips de arte Combinaci n de varias etiquetas utilizando la funci n Sheet Especificaci n de un campo de numeraci n e impresi n Inserci n de una tabla Combinaci n de celdas Ingreso de texto en una tabla Creaci n de tablas sin borde exterior Configuraci n del ancho de la celda de la tabla Selecci n de un protocolo Cambio de tama o Vinculaci n a un archivo de Excel Fusi n en un dise o Configuraci n de etiquetas anchas e Inversi n del texto Creaci n de etiquetas utilizando P touch Quick Editor Se pueden crear etiquetas de una forma sencilla utilizando P touch Editor Nota e En este cap tulo se utilizan principalmente los ejemplos de cuadros de di logo de Windows XP Activaci n de Quick Editor P touch e Active P touch Quick
71. only enough information to help you get started More detailed explanations of commands and dialog boxes can be found in Chapter 3 Reference y00qdens 13P 0H bed M Local machine Pone Aparecen los elementos Aparece la explicaci n de cada men de cada elemento seleccionado Nota O La Gu a de usuario del CD ROM funciona mejor con Internet Explorer 4 01 o posterior Es posible que la Gu a de usuario del CD ROM no se visualice correctamente con otros buscadores 100 Creaci n de etiquetas utilizando P touch Quick Editor Se pueden crear etiquetas de una manera sencilla utilizando P touch Quick Editor Activaci n de P touch Quick Editor Active P touch Quick Editor El Para Mac OS 8 6 9 x Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta P touch Quick Editor de la unidad en la que est instalado P touch Quick Editor Haga doble clic sobre a 7 P touch Editor 32 Si se cre un alias haga doble clic sobre el icono del alias gt Se activa P touch Quick Editor El Para Mac OS X 10 1 o posterior Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta Applications de la unidad en la que est instalado Mac OS X gt Aparece la ventana Applications Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta P touch Quick Editor gt Aparece la ventana P touch Quick Editor Haga doble clic sobre A Si se cre un alias haga doble clic sobre el icono del alias gt Se activa P touch Quick Editor Barra de herramien
72. or removed 34 Follow the instructions on each dialog box and start installation Refer to steps O O in Installing using basic setup gt P 29 gt The User Registration dialog box appears Select Yes display the page and then click Next InstallShield Wizard User Registration OK to display the software registration page No do not display the page gt The InstallShield Wizard Complete dialog box appears O Click Finish InstallShield Wizard InstallShield Wizard Complete 4 Setup has finished installing Brother P touch Editor Version 4 0 on your computer P touch Editor will be installed and the dialog box in step appears again When installing the printer driver as well proceed to step in Installing the printer driver only gt P 40 Installing P touch Quick Editor only Install P touch Quick Editor to design labels using simple operations Note P touch Quick Editor cannot be used with computers running Windows 95 NT 4 0 Start the personal computer and then insert the CD ROM into the CD ROM drive gt The Brother Setup dialog box appears e It may take a short time until the Brother Setup dialog box appears e Ifthe Brother Setup dialog box does not appear double click the My Computer icon and then double click the P touch Icon O Click the button for Advanced setup a Brother Setup Select the setup m
73. s Guide The CD ROM User s Guide with a detailed explanation of using the software is contained in HTML format on the CD ROM The CD ROM User s Guide file can be opened from the CD ROM or installed on the Macintosh Note Depending on the operating system running on the Macintosh the dialog boxes may be different O Double click the Mac OS 9 folder or the Mac OS X folder in the P touch folder on the CD ROM Select the folder corresponding to the operating system running on the Macintosh Double click the P touch Editor 3 2 folder Double click the User s Guide Installer Double click the User s Guide folder e icon r eco gt User s Guide O SET MY gt Back View Computer Home Favorites Applications ea ES User s Guide Installer main htm sub_menu e If you double click the main htm icon the CD ROM User s Guide file will open O Follow the information in the dialog boxes and install the CD ROM User s Guide file The CD ROM User s Guide will be installed Double click the main htm icon in P touch Editor 3 2 User s Guide in the drive where the CD ROM User s Guide is installed gt The browser starts and the CD ROM User s Guide main menu appears The operation methods are classified by function Click the operation methods to display the explanation window Click Index to display a summary of keywords to search for items by the keyword
74. software on a Macintosh running Mac OS 8 6 9 x E Creating labels with various designs Refer to Installing P touch Editor and the printer driver gt P 51 E Printing labels simply Refer to Installing P touch Quick Editor and the printer driver gt P 53 Double click the P touch Editor 3 2 Installing P touch Editor Installer icon and the printer driver O P touch Editor 3 2 El B gt ideo zero K available Install P touch Editor 3 2 to design labels and MS A the printer driver software v Read Me D Note 2 S O Do not connect the USB interface cable to the Macintosh until the software has gt The Installer starts pa A been installed and the Macintosh has been restarted If the USB interface cable Confirm the drive to install the software is already connected to the Macintosh to and then click Install remove the USB interface cable To change the drive click Drive Start the Macintosh and then insert the azonesdzecastoeszenzoagte CD ROM into the CD ROM drive a o O The P touch window appears Ses System Requirements Computer Macintosh computer with Power Install on E HDD Installation re Wa 605 8 MB PC processor Available on volume 2047 8 MB Double click the Mac OS 9 folder Operating system Mac OS 8 6 or ler e Available memory Minimum 32MB Available hard disk space Minimum 20MB Install
75. the Following Before Continuing Product Name P touch Editor 3 2 Install Folder P touch Editor 3 2 in the folder Mac OS X on the disk P touch Folder Desktop in the folder kataoka on the disk OSX English Disk Space Information for Installation Target Required 15 422 098 bytes Available 501 534 720 bytes Baca Previous gt Installation begins 60 eo P touch Editor 3 2 Installing P touch Editor 3 2 xo Installing Cupid1 Introduction Choose Product Features Choose Alias Folder A Prezinstallation Summary a Installing o Cancer gt When installation is complete the Install Complete dialog box appears O Click Done eo P touch Editor 3 2 Install Complete Congratulations P touch Editor 3 2 has been successfully installed to A Introduction Choose Product Features Choose Alias Folder j A Presinstallation Summary 1 Click Done to quit the installer A Installing Install Complete gt Installation of P touch Editor is complete Proceed to Installing the printer driver gt P 63 Double click the P touch Quick Editor Installing P touch Quick folder Editor l _ ese A Mac OS x e m i Y A a A K A Back View i Computer Home Favorites Applications Install P touch Quick Editor to print labels using E a simple operations P touch Quick Editor P touch Ed
76. the software 48 56 67 SB ID MOE aliaron 108 IS BAS WING aiana on 14 108 USB interface Cable oocconccnccnnccnoccn 12 19 USB Polaris lc 14 19 Using the text history o ooomommmmmmooo 83 89 Using this Maneras eiii 5 WwW A 27 71 123 Contact Information For USA Only Service Center Locations If you need a local service center please call 1 800 284 HELP 4357 to locate the authorized service center closest to you Note Be sure to call the Service Center before your visit Service centers do not provide operational assistance See Operational Assistance Operational Assistance For technical and operational assistance you may call Brother Customer Service at Voice 1 877 4 PTouch or Fax 1 901 379 1210 Assistance on the Internet For product information and downloading the latest drivers http www brother com For purchasing accessories and certain Brother products http www brothermall com Accessories and Supplies To order Brother accessories or supplies by Visa MasterCard Discover or American Express you may call toll tree 1 888 879 3232 or complete the order form in your user s guide and fax both sides of the form to 1 800 947 1445 For purchasing accessories on the Internet http www brothermall com To order by mail or pay by check please complete the accessory order form and mail it along with payment to Brother International Corporation Attn
77. then click Next InstallShield Wizard en Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for Brother P touch Editor Version 4 0 The InstallShield Wizard will install Brother P touch Editor Version 4 0 on your computer To continue click Next e P touch Quick Editor and P touch AV Editor cannot be used with computers running Windows 95 NT 4 0 E Cancel The License Agreement dialog box appears 29 30 Read the license agreement carefully and then click Yes InstallShield Wizard License Agreement Please read the following license agreement carefully Press the PAGE DOWN key to see the rest of the agreement SOFTWARE Brother P touch Editor Version Version 4 0 End User License Agreement for Brother Software IMPORTANT PLEASE READ CAREFULLY vv Do you accept all the terms of the preceding License Agreement If you choose No the setup will close To install Brother P touch Editor Version 4 0 you must accept this agreement The Customer Information dialog box appears Type the User Name and the Company Name and then click Next Click Only for me system if the only person authorized to use this software is the person whose user name and password were used to logon when the computer was started InstallShield Wizard Customer Information Please enter your information User Name ras Company Name Brothed Install this application for A
78. to be displayed in the label view E Using the text history Up to 10 previously printed texts are saved These texts can be typed easily e Click EE The text history list appears E Select the text you want to use Length 1 06 s width 1 gl The selected text appears in the label view E AS Length 4 51 z E EA Width 1 Bj Robert Fox 83 labels 8 N Na lt 7 gt N 3 O Creatin E Inserting symbols Symbols included in P touch Quick Editor can be inserted into labels Right click in the label view point to Symbols and then select Insert soo 15 Ar Length 1 06 3 5 E Y Width 1 aj Print View Text History View Properties Background Color gt Options T Help gt The Input Symbol window appears Select a symbol Select the font name in the Symbol font drop down list and then select the symbol in Symbol List Input Symbol Symbol Font Symbol List O SS Be fa Cancel Click OK The selected symbol appears in the label view Length 1 93 a Width 1 al e Only one symbol can be inserted in the label If a symbol has already been inserted in the label it will be replaced by the newly selected symbol 84 E Changing the background color The background color in the label view can be changed Right click in the label view and then point to Backgrou
79. to install on the Select Features dialog box InstallShield Wizard Select Features Choose the features Setup will install Description MM P touch Library Installs P touch Editor m Fonts 9 Westemn language fonts y Symbol fonts m Help m Clip Art Auto Format Templates v Layoutstyle Space Required on L 20952 K Space Available on C 1929452 K lt Back Cancel gt The Add shortcut dialog box appears Specify where to add shortcuts for P touch Editor and then click Next To add no shortcuts clear all of the check boxes InstallShield Wizard Add shortcut Specify where to add shortcuts for P touch Editor Any shortcut added to the Quick Launch bar will only be available to the current user v Di Startup menu MV Quick launch bar Cancel gt The Start Copying Files dialog box appears Review the settings and then click Next If you want to review or change any settings click Back InstallShield Wizard Start Copying Files Review settings before copying files Setup has enough information to start copying the program files If you want to review or change any settings click Back If you are satisfied with the settings click Next to begin copying files Current Settings User Information Name xxxx Company Brother Destination Folder C Program Files Brother Ptedit40 Setup Type Typical The application will be installed with the most com
80. until the next label is printed Extra space is not inserted between the labels To discharge the label press the feed cut button Click OK gt The label will be printed E Minimizing P touch Quick Editor Click P touch Quick Editor is removed from the desktop and reduced to a button on the task tray Click FA in the task tray to display P touch Quick Editor on the desktop E Exiting P touch Quick Editor Exit P touch Quick Editor Right click in the toolbar or in the label view and then select Exit Length 1 06 Hide lim fre Options Help The P touch Quick Editor window closes E Importing text for Windows only P touch Quick Editor can be set up so that text from different applications can easily be imported into the label O Specifying the shortcut key for importing Right click in the P touch Quick Editor window and then click Options in the menu that appeared gt The Options dialog box appears Import Import Method Alt Right click C Ctrl Right click C Shift Right click Cancel Select the desired import keys and then click OK O Importing text from a different application Select the desired text in the other application Either press the specified shortcut keys or drag the text from the other application into the label 85 labels 8 c N Sa lt 7 gt Y 3 O a 9 O Creating labe
81. y el software del controlador de impresora Oo ras a 3 E o Y Nota O No conecte el cable de interfaz USB a la gt Comienza el instalador O o a 2 O S 9 _ N computadora Macintosh hasta que el software haya sido instalado y la Macintosh haya sido reiniciada Si el cable de interfaz USB ya est conectado a la Macintosh retirelo Encienda la Macintosh y luego inserte el CD ROM en la unidad de CD ROM Aparece la ventana P touch O Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta Mac OS 9 o 18 P touch PA IAB OKB Ee gt Aparece la ventana Mac OS 9 Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta P touch Editor 3 2 Ej Mac os 9 CI E 4148 0KG P touch Quick Editor Installer Q P touch Editor 3 2 Errera BALEG gt Aparece la ventana P touch Editor 3 2 Confirme la unidad en la que desee instalar el software y luego haga clic sobre Install Para cambiar la unidad haga clic sobre Drivel dd P touch Editor 3 2 did P touch Editor is an application that gives you a variety of designing possibilities for creating labels and stamps Start up the installer and then follow the messages that appear System Requirements Computer Macintosh computer with Power PC processor Operating system Mac OS 8 6 or later Available memory Minimum 32MB Available hard disk s
82. y abra la cubierta del compartimiento de la cinta Quite el casete de cinta y coloque la cinta limpiadora Cierre la cubierta del compartimiento de la cinta Presione el bot n FEED CUT un par de veces gt La limpieza comenzar Presione el bot n de apertura de la cubierta y abra la cubierta del compartimiento de la cinta Quite la cinta limpiadora ponga en su lugar el casete de cinta que quit y cierre la cubierta del compartimiento de la cinta Nota O Para obtener m s detalles sobre el uso de la cinta limpiadora consulte el manual de instrucciones incluido con sta 110 Limpieza del cortador Si las etiquetas impresas no se expulsan correctamente de la PT 9500PC limpie el cortador para cortar las etiquetas O Apague la PT 9500PC Presione el bot n de apertura de la cubierta y abra la cubierta del compartimiento de la cinta Quite el casete de cinta Utilice un palillo de algod n para limpiar el cortador Cuchilla del cortador A Palillo de algod n L UURI Secci n de metal Instale el casete de cinta que quit y cierre la cubierta del compartimiento de la cinta Nota O Tenga especial cuidado de no tocar el cortador cuando limpie la PT 9500PC O El cabezal de impresi n se calienta mucho durante el uso y puede seguir caliente inmediatamente despu s No limpie la PT 9500PC inmediatamente despu s de imprimir etiquetas o 2
83. 00PC Copies Page All O From C Jte C ence Click S s E Auto Tape Cut gt The print dialog box appears M Multi Half Cut O Chain Printing O Mirror Printing m dl E Click Copies amp Pages and then select ian ie Be the items to change Restart for Each Record Keep the Original Value Database All Records f Print DR d Range F eee Printer PT 9500PC FA Sn m Layout Output Options Tape Setting O Pages Halftone Color I A P touch Editor The printing range is specified by page _ Summary REIR i Cancel Eri O Auto Tape Cut The printed labels are cut and then ejected O Multi Half Cut Only the label tape is cut without cutting the backing making it easier to remove the 3 Specify the printing options O Copies amp Pages Copies Specify the number of copies of label backing a the label to print O Chain Printing The printed label will remain in the printer Prin without being ejected until the next label is Printer PT 9500PC is printed Extra space is not inserted Presets Standard 3 between the labels To discharge the label copes Pages A Copies E WM Collated press the feed cut button O From 1 to 1 O Mirror printing A mirror image of the data is printed This O Preview Cancel Print E is very convenient for affixing to the inner KA S surface of glass Use clear tape S5 O Layou
84. 200 bps como velocidad en baudios del puerto en serie cuando utilice una computadora personal que sea compatible con esta velocidad Si la computadora personal no es compatible con una velocidad en baudios de 115 200 bps para el puerto en serie seleccione la velocidad en baudios apropiada Change Baud Rate Wizard Brother PT 9500PC Select the desired baud rate New Baud Rate 115200 bps v 9600 bps 57600 bps Aparece un cuadro de di logo en el que podr confirmar la configuraci n de la velocidad en baudios D Haga clic sobre Next Change Baud Rate Wizard Brother PT 9500PC Are the following settings OK IM New Baud Rate 115200 bps If OK click Next Begin setting the new baud rate gt La velocidad en baudios habr quedado fijada Setting Setting e Cuando haya completado la configuraci n de la velocidad de baudios la PT 9500PC y la computadora personal podr n comunicarse a trav s del puerto serie gt Aparece un cuadro de di logo que indicar que la instalaci n se ha completado Extraiga el CD ROM de la unidad de E Utilizaci n como impresora de red CD ROM En esta secci n se describe el procedimiento de instalaci n del controlador de impresora Haga clic sobre Yes want to restart my cuando se utiliza el servidor de impresora computer now y luego haga clic sobre PS 9000 que se vende por separado Finish dise ado exclusivamente para la
85. 3 16 Connecting the PT 9500PC Connect the PT 9500PC to the power source and a personal computer Plug the power supply cord into an Connecting to the power electrical outlet AC 120 V source Connect the included power supply cord to the AC adapter Q Y Q Xn Q cD 2a Note Insert the AC adapter connector into the e After using the PT 9500PC remover the AC adapter jack on the back of the power supply cord from the electrical PT 9500PC outlet and the AC adapter from the PT 9500PC and store for future use O When removing the AC adapter do not pull the AC adapter cord The wire in the AC adapter cord may break O Do not use any AC adapter other than the one included with the PT 9500PC The PT 9500PC may malfunction ODO gt USBID No JE 17 Connecting to a personal computer Connect the PT 9500PC to a personal computer using the included interface cables The interface cables used to connect to a USB port and a serial port are different Windows 98 98 SE Me 2000 Pro XP E 7 Connecting to a Basic setup serial port y Connect to serial port Connect to USB port Mac OS 8 6 9 x Windows 95 NT4 0 indows Mac OS X 10 1 10 2 6 Note O Do not connect both the serial interface cable and USB interface cable to the PT 9500PC at the same time The PT 9500PC may malfunction Note O Do not connect the USB interface cable to a personal computer until t
86. 500PC gg Presets Standard Summary A Copies amp Pages Copies 1 Collated Page Range All Layout Layout Direction Left Right Top Bottom Pages Per Sheet 1 Border Thickness None Output Options Print to Printer P touch Editor Numbering Copies 0 A Restart for Each Record Off E A f Preview f Cancel C Print O Haga clic sobre Print Se imprimir la etiqueta Utilizacion de la Guia de usuario del CD ROM El CD ROM incluye una Gu a de usuario con una explicaci n detallada de la utilizaci n del software en formato HTML El archivo de la Gu a de usuario puede abrirse desde el CD ROM o instalarse en el equipo Macintosh Nota O Dependiendo del sistema operativo en funcionamiento en el ordenador Macintosh los cuadros de di logo que se visualizan pueden ser diferentes O Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta Mac OS 9 o sobre la carpeta Mac OS X en la carpeta P touch del CD ROM Seleccione la carpeta correspondiente al sistema operativo utilizado en el ordenador Macintosh O Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta P touch Editor 3 2 Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta User s Guide O Haga doble clic sobre el icono User s Guide Installer 900 User s Guide Sa am A Y Back View i Computer Home Favorites Applications ra 3 B User s Guide Installer main htm image sub_menu e Si hace doble clic sobre el icono main htm se abri
87. 9 E Industrial Series Laminated Tapes Super Adhesive Strength Laminated tapes up to 2x storonger than our standard adhesive Perfect for Rough Textured or Difficult Surfaces Extra Strength Adhesive Tape Stock No Description TZS141 Black on Clear 3 4 18 mm TZS145 White on Clear 3 4 18 mm TZS151 Black on Clear 1 24 mm TZS155 White on Clear 1 24 mm TZS161 Black on Clear 1 1 2 36 mm TZS211 Black on White 1 4 6 mm TZS221 Black on White 3 8 9 mm TZS231 Black on White 1 2 12 mm TZS241 Black on White 3 4 18 mm TZS251 Black on White 1 24 mm TZS261 Black on White 1 1 2 36 mm TZS611 Black on Yellow 1 4 6 mm TZS621 Black on Yellow 3 8 9 mm TZS631 Black on Yellow 1 2 12 mm TZS641 Black on Yellow 3 4 18 mm TZS651 Black on Yellow 1 24 mm TZS941 Black on Matte Silver 3 4 18 mm TZS951 Black on Matte Silver 1 24 mm TZS961 Black on Matte Silver 1 1 2 36 mm All tapes are 26 2 long unless otherwise noted 118 Flexible ID Tape Special Adhesive for Bending Wrapping and Flagging Stock No Description Price TZFX231 Black on White 1 2 12 mm 18 99 TZFX241 Black on White 3 4 18 mm 21 99 TZFX251 Black on White 1 24 mm 25 99 TZFX261 Black on White 1 1 2 36 mm 32 99 Tamper Evident Tape Security Pattern Appears if Label is Removed Stock No Description TZSE4 Black on White 3 4 18 mm Fabric lron On Tape For Use on Various Fabrics Withsta
88. 9500PC comience a crear etiquetas Para obtener m s informaci n consulte Creaci n de etiquetas Versi n para Windows gt P 69 o Creaci n de etiquetas Versi n para Macintosh gt P 91 14 Conexion de la PT 9500PC Conecte la PT 9500PC a la fuente de alimentaci n y a la computadora personal Inserte el cable de alimentaci n en el Conexi n a la fuente de enchufe CA 120V alimentaci n previa O N gt ee Conecte el cable de alimentaci n al adaptador de CA a xe Q fer Xn Gan S Nota Inserte el conector del adaptador de CA e Cuando haya terminado de utilizar la en el tomacorriente para el adaptador de PT 9500PC desenchufe el cable de CA situado en la parte trasera de la alimentaci n de la fuente de PT 9500PC alimentaci n y el adaptador de CA de la PT 9500PC y gu rdelos para futuros usos O Al retirar el adaptador de CA no tire del cable Los hilos del cable del adaptador de CA podr an romperse O No utilice ning n otro adaptador de CA que no sea el que viene incluido en la PT 9500PC La PT 9500PC podr a fallar ODO gt USBID 15 Conexion a una computadora personal Conecte la PT 9500PC a una computadora personal utilizando los cables de interfaz incluidos con el producto Los cables de interfaz utilizados para la conexi n con un puerto USB y un puerto en serie son diferentes Mac OS 8 6 9 x e A Windows 95 NT4 0 Windows 98 98
89. Adhesive Tape Laminated O Flexible ID tape Laminated O Tamper Evident Tape Laminated O Fabric Iron On Tape Non Laminated E AV Labels Note O For details on the tapes refer to Accessories gt P 118 22 Installing the tape cassette This section explains the procedures to install the tape cassette O Remove the stopper on the tape cassette e Note that some tape cassettes may not have stoppers Press the cover release button and open the tape compartment cover Check the tape cassette Press the power button on the Make sure that the end of the tape is not PT 9500PC bent and that it is routed correctly through the tape guides End of the tape Tape guides Power button gt The power button will light green Install the tape cassette Be sure to install the tape cassette in the correct direction e f the tape compartment cover is not completely closed or if the tape cassette is not installed correctly the ERROR lamp will light In this case repeat the procedure from step O Press the feed cut button Feed cut button O Close the tape compartment cover Remove the tape slack Note O If no additional operation is performed within 10 minutes after printing a label the roller holder will automatically release and a sound may be produced Due to this function the tape cannot be removed if the AC adapter is removed from the PT 9500PC with the
90. Apple y seleccione Chooser EJ 271r RE T BH wn EIEI FONT AirMac Apple DVD Player AD Apple VAFA JOFA 2 Sherlock 2 E Cd 17 057 223977372 GY AT 9A EPTO EEEE M amp lt 588 Cr Y E FIAR E EE a BREORTIUs Yay H Ro tH G AE SEA gt Aparece la ventana Chooser O Seleccione PT 9500PC a eLo 8 FEA PT 9500PC A AppleTalk ORA 44 762 Cierre la ventana Chooser Aparece un mensaje de confirmaci n O Haga clic sobre OK HERMCT ESIUVIERELTCORET o HOT UVSEITRCOS JU Va YT HERE amp A Crk UB LTC ESO Ahora podra utilizar la PT 9500PC como impresora Contin e con Creaci n de etiquetas Versi n para Macintosh gt P 91 54 Desinstalaci n del software Si la PT 9500PC no se va a utilizar en el futuro con una computadora Macintosh siga los siguientes pasos para desinstalar el software E Desinstalaci n de P touch Editor Haga doble clic sobre la unidad en la que est instalado el P touch Editor 2 Elimine la carpeta P touch Editor 3 2 Haga doble clic sobre la unidad en la que est instalado el sistema operativo de la Macintosh En System Folder abra la carpeta Preferences folder y elimine P touch Editor 3 2 Prefs P touch O aa a 2148 OKB 2x a E Desinstalaci n de P
91. Code O Marco Decorativo Agregue un marco decorativo Decorative O Tabla Frame Cree una tabla EE Ol Imagen Recupere una ilustraci n o fotograf a guardada Image O Captura de pantalla Capture una imagen del escritorio y agr guela a la etiqueta ka Screen Capture O Clips de arte Recupere diferentes ilustraciones E E J Ele O E O S mbolo Recupere diferentes s mbolos Symbol O Crear imagen Re na diferentes elementos para crear una ilustraci n Es Make Picture O Fecha y hora Se puede visualizar la fecha y la hora actual como una l nea de texto dE Date and Time O Calendario Se puede visualizar parte de un calendario como una l nea de texto Es Calendar 73 uetas Windows 5 D D 5 o E D Na Versi n para Creacion de un rotulo En esta secci n se describen los procedimientos para crear un r tulo O Active P touch Editor Haga clic sobre E Aparece el cuadro de propiedades de la pagina Establezca el largo de la cinta en 3 pulgadas Normal Format v a x h 11 2 an B Establezca el ancho de la cinta en 1 2 pulgada Normal Format v a xi Ep Rape Haga clic sobre A en el banco de objetos Haga clic sobre la ventana de dise o y luego escriba el nombre Robert Fox Robert FOX O ne A O Haga clic sobre 5 en el cuadro de propiedades del texto El texto est cen
92. Con ctese a un puerto USB Encienda la computadora personal y luego inserte el CD ROM en la unidad de CD ROM gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Brother Setup e Puede transcurrir alg n tiempo hasta que aparezca el cuadro de di logo Brother Setup e Si el cuadro de di logo Brother Setup no aparece haga doble clic sobre el icono My Computer y a continuaci n haga doble clic en el icono P touch Haga clic sobre el bot n de Instalaci n avanzada a Brother Setup Select the setup method Basic setup The editing software and the preset printer driver will be installed This option is normally selected Advanced setup The software and printer driver will be installed separately The editing software can be installed or the printer driver can be installed updated or removed gt Aparece un cuadro de di logo en el que puede seleccionar el software que desea instalar 37 eo O o c 2 O amp 9 Jano 7p c sP i a 3 o Y E Haga clic sobre el bot n del controlador a Brother Setup Select the components that you want to install P touch Editor P touch Editor 4 will be installed This editing software provides various advanced functions a A for creating a wide variety of labels 2 P touch Quick Editor P touch Quick Editor will be installed This editing software provides various functions for easily E creating si
93. Consumer Accessory Division P O Box 341332 Bartlett TN 38184 1332 Fax Back System Brother Customer Service has installed an easy to use Fax Back System so you can get instant answers to common technical questions and product information for all Brother products This system is available 24 hours a day 7 days a week You can use the system to send the information to any fax machine not just the one you are calling from Please call 1 800 521 2846 and follow the voice prompts to receive faxed instructions on how to use the system and an index of Fax Back subjects 124 P TOUCH ACCESSORY ORDER FORM for usa only Dear Customer This order form is provided for your convenience should your retailer not stock the item s needed To order by mail send this completed form along with proper payment to the address below OR credit card holders call toll free 1 888 879 3232 fax completed order form to 1 800 947 1445 or visit our web site at http www brothermall com Please refer to the Accessories listing in your User s Guide for stock no and price Stock Description Quantit Price Stock p y A NASA eee To complete the Order Form 1 Za de Review the reverse side of this form and select the desired items Complete the form above indicating the quantity of each item Total the columns and enter the total on the Supply Accessory Subtotal line Add the appropriate Sales Tax and Shipping Hand
94. D Click Next Change Baud Rate Wizard Brother PT 9500PC Are the following settings OK Port COM1 New Baud Rate 115200 bps If OK click Next Begin setting the new baud rate Cancel The baud rate will be set Setting 8 Setting e When the baud rate settings are complete the PT 9500PC and personal computer can communicate using the serial port gt The dialog box to indicate installation is complete appears Remove the CD ROM from the CD ROM drive Select Yes want to restart my E Using as a network printer computer now and then click Finish This section contains the procedures to install the printer driver when using the PS 9000 Driver Setup Brother PT 9509PC print server sold separately designed Driver installation is completed k A i exclusively for the P touch series printers Before you can use the printer you must restart the 5 pa When using the PS 9000 print server the PT 9500PC can be used as a network printer This function can only be used in a Windows eri enero drives and then click env i ronme nt EI gt Installation of the printer driver is complete and the personal computer will restart C No will restart my computer later Note O When the USB interface cable is connected to the PT 9500PC the serial port cannot be used for communication Remove the USB interface cable from the PT 9500PC O When using a personal compu
95. E Me 2000 Pro XP Dispositivo preinstalado Dispositivo de preparaci n de puerto USB Mac OS 8 6 9 x Mac OS X 10 1 10 2 6 Macintosh bas E Dispositivo de preparaci n de puerto USB Interfaz Puerto en serie puerto USB compatible con USB 1 1 o campati M s de 70 MB de espacio disponible ble Disco duro M s de 100 MB de espacio disponible IBM PC o PC compati CAMBIA ble Memoria 24 MB o mas de espacio disponible LAS E compal SVGA tarjeta gr fica de alta densidad o superior Monitor Otro Unidad de CD ROM 1 S lo compatible con Windows 2000 Professional excepto Windows 2000 Server 2 Microsoft Internet Explorer versi n 3 02 o posterior es necesario para ejecutar el instalador Para Windows NT 4 0 se necesita Service Pack 6 o posterior e Internet Explorer versi n 5 5 o posterior 3 Espacio disponible requerido para instalar el software con todas las opciones excepto la Gu a del usuario en CD ROM para Macintosh o 2 O a lt 11 Oa Accesorios s lo para EE UU Los siguientes suministros y accesorios est n disponibles para su m quina P touch Puede pedirlos directamente a Brother si su tienda no dispone de ellos E Etiquetas Avery para P touch Ideales para imprimir etiquetas de papel Avery de una en una etiquetas impresas en negro sobre fondo blanco N de producto Descripci n Precio AV1789 Etiquetas para carpetas de archivos 5 8 x 3 1 2 50 etiquetas case
96. EAO 111 Print properes a aan 74 Print Server DO 43 121 Printer driver igs ctencuescateedecseacualees 26 39 51 54 CORU A concursa rer re 77 85 89 98 Printing Options ssciteisssulsssercecesones 77 85 89 98 ro o A Sassi a seme 74 96 POD sand 43 121 PIRIS 00PESOS 12 P touch AV Editor occncccnoccnocnnccn 26 37 86 P touch Editor 26 34 51 58 73 95 P touch Quick Editor 26 35 53 61 81 103 PEtOUC Mi set rad 108 Q CEN alae nad See atone os 114 Quick Retenes 13 R REAM VIE Wesnes e iio ii 14 ROOM ana 48 56 67 Removing the label backing eee 91 S SCEME APUL Saa aa I EESE 75 Selecting the printer ccconocosononeronononocnss 56 66 Self cleaniNg ia 110 Serial interface Cable cece eece scene 12 20 SIS LEO aci 14 2O SOWIE aa ia 26 SA a R 116 Specifying the label size ooommmmmmmmommmooo 82 Specifying the text forM occccccccnnnnnnnnnonononos 83 Starting P touch AV Editor 86 Starting P touch Editor eee 73 95 Starting P touch Quick Editor 81 103 SVOL ninas 75 Ta E a OAE NOS 75 Tape cassete serna sordas 12 22 118 Tape catala aia 13 Tape Compartment COVE 0 cece eee eeeeeeeees 14 A E DO 75 TEX PIO POTN S i camper in siete gates 74 96 TEGUDleES O ON ies 114 E VA CS REN TAR ACADARA ARA 22 118 U Uninstal No cosendo ann 48 56 67 Uninstalling P touch Editor 56 67 Uninstalling P touch Quick Editor 56 69 Uninstalling
97. N ENNOK KESEN 72 Creating labels using P touch Editor ssssscccscsccsccsssssssssssscscsceccssesessssssssssseeeeeeees 73 Start P touch Editor A A a a 73 LIVOUCWINGOW O 74 Creating anname badges oe AS 76 Printing the label you created sur ai 77 Usine Felps ensita aera E EE R E EE E E 78 Creatine other types of Del A A TARARE EAA 80 Creating labels using P touch Quick Editor ooooooococccnnnnonononononcocacacacononcccnonanononcnconos 81 Stating P touch CIC EdItOP iii 81 So E E A E E E EEA 82 OIC 82 Creating labels using P touch AV Editor ooonnnnoononoccccccnnnnnnnononoonoconacacococononcnnccnanocnoccnonos 86 Starting P touch AV Editor asaatcy sates soup nant nena DE Ea ae aa DE DD ED E DD ED ED DE DD D E DD D DE ED DD ED ERE D REED DE DD ED D DD REED amareanseneeenns 86 Basic OPE A AAA A AT A 87 Other PUN CUONS laicas aaa IES era nit ARA SSA ARAS ARO TT iaaa 87 AMO DIN ci ios 91 REMOVING tne label PACKING da 91 4 Creating labels Macintosh version ssssscccccccsssssssssssssssseeessssssseees 93 Creating labels NAO iaa ooh 94 Creating labels using P touch Editor sssssscccossssccsscssssssssscsssssssecossssssscsssssssosonsesses 95 Starting POCERO an a NE 95 Layout WiINdOW asesinas TES ARRASTRE 96 Creating Name DA coa 97 EDEN AS 98 Using the CO ROM Us SUIS asin AI ainia 101 Creating labels using P touch Quick Editor ooococococcnonooncononcccacacococoncncnananonanannc anos 103
98. NOT covered This warranty does not cover 1 Physical damage to this Product 2 Damage caused by improper installation improper or abnormal use misuse neglect or accident including but not limited to transporting this Product without the proper preparation and or packaging 3 Damage caused by another device or software used with this Product including but not limited to damage resulting from use of non Brother brand parts and Consumable and Accessory Items 4 Consumable and Accessory Items that expired in accordance with a rated life and 5 Problems arising from other than defects in materials or workmanship This limited warranty is VOID if this Product has been altered or modified in any way including but not limited to attempted warranty repair without authorization from Brother and or alteration removal of the serial number What to do if you think your Product is eligible for warranty service Report your issue to either our Customer Service Hotline at 1 877 478 6824 or a Brother Authorized Service Center within the applicable warranty period Supply Brother or the Brother Authorized Service Center with a copy of your dated bill of sale showing that this Product was purchased within the U S For the name of local Brother Authorized Service Center s call 1 800 521 2846 What Brother will ask you to do After contacting Brother or a Brother Authorized Service Center you
99. ONTINUE to perform additional installations EG A 52 O Click Restart is Please restart your Macintosh before using any of the installed itey Installation of P touch Editor is complete and the Macintosh will restart After the Macintosh restarts connect the PT 9500PC to the Macintosh with the USB interface cable and then turn on the PT 9500PC For details refer to Connecting to a personal computer gt P 18 Proceed to Selecting the printer gt P 56 Confirm the drive to install the software Installing P touch Quick to and then click Install Editor and the printer driver To change the drive click Drive di a P touch Quick Editor A A Install P touch Quick Editor to print labels using UN TUI 7 allows you to create labels quickly and simple operations and the printer driver aoe Quick Editor Start up the installer and then follow the messages that appear Install on Note E HDD Installation requir 20 3 MB Available on volume 2047 8 MB computer with Power PC processor O Do not connect the USB interface cable Opting sen Mar O88 6a ae jet kaos Minin to the Macintosh until the software has Ts software son compania A ESAS been installed and the Macintosh has Apple and Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple Computer Inc Y been restarted If the USB interface cable is already connecte
100. ORTANT This printer driver has passed compatibility tests If your hardware wizard displays a warning message please select Continue Anyway to complete the software installation e Este cuadro de di logo puede no aparecer dependiendo del sistema operativo que funcione en la computadora personal gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC 47 D o c 2 O amp 9 Jano 7p c sP i a 3 o Y Haga clic sobre Delete Brother PT 9500PC y luego sobre Next Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC Brother PT 9500PC is currently installed Replace with new Brother PT 9500PC C Replace with new Brother PT 9500PC C Add Brother PT 9500PC Warning Do not connect or turn on the Brother PT 9500PC until you are directed to Make your selection and then click Next Setup will begin Cancel gt gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Confirmation O Si selecciona Replace with new Brother PT 9500PC el controlador de impresora instalado anteriormente se elimina y se remplaza por el nuevo Seleccione esta opci n si desea actualizar el controlador de impresora o cuando utilice una computadora personal que funcione con Windows 2000 Pro XP y se disponga a cambiar la PT 9500PC por otra con un n mero de serie diferente O If Add Brother PT 9500PC is selected a Si selecciona Add Brother PT 9500PC se agregar un nuevo configurador de
101. OSIS 12 Visualizaci n de las l mparas 30d E RA 13 Preparaciones previas a la creaci n de etiquetas sscccccccccscssssssssssssessscseeeeessseees 14 Conexi n de la PT 9500PC cccccsscsccscccceccsccscesccccsccsceccsccscesceccsccscescsccscesceccecescescecsecs 15 Conexi n a la fuente de alimentaci n i 15 Conexi n a una computadora personal susi A A 16 Instalaci n del casete de cinta ccccsscscsscsccsccscsscesceccscccceccsccscesceccsceccscescescesceccscescecees 20 CINTA AUTO Z ADA a a ARELA ISA O ESTAN DL adele lade O ae bed 20 Instalaci n del casete desCINTas Uan 20 Instalaci n de la bandeja de recogida ococcccconononnnonocuncccnancnnnonanoonononannccccccncnccnccncnnnso 22 Zlnstalaci n GU SOTEW ANG a ee TIPOS de Software utilizas iros 24 Sistemas CON WINKOWS Gusta banca IN ASTA EErEE EE ES 25 Precauciones de instalaci n lacio 26 Instalaci n mediante la Instalaci n Dase diia 26 Instalaci n de P touch Editor exclusivamente cs ccccccceceesseeessesneeececeeceseesssneaeeeeeeesesessnaaeeeeeeeeeeees 32 Instalaci n de P touch Quick Editor exclusivamente oooocccnnnnnnoccccnnnnnononononnnnnnnnnnncoconnnonnnocncnnnnnnnnns 33 Instalaci n de P touch AV Editor exclusivamente italia 35 Instalaci n del controlador de impresora exclusivamente cccccnoconococnnocncnnoconnannnnnonaconananononccnccnnnnnns 37 Configuraci n de la velocidad en baudios de la computadora personal y la PT 9500PC
102. PT 9500PC turned on because the roller holder will not be released Always turn off the PT 9500PC before removing the AC adapter from the PT 9500PC 23 eP N gt lt P iS e Cua Q aa Installing the collection tray Install the collection tray The collection tray is used to collect labels ejected from the PT 9500PC Use the collection tray when printing a lot of labels etc Assemble the collection tray Install the collection tray to the Refer to the illustrations below to PT 9500PC assemble the collection tray Refer to the illustrations below to install the collection tray SEER Fa S support 24 Installing the software This chapter contains the procedures to install the necessary software to operate the PT 9500PC AN A sac cus te A E OS EO ADA SE TADO 26 ie 27 Usine A RAR ao 51 Usine Mac OS X 10 Toda cananea canoso A 58 Types of software used To use the PT 9500PC the following software must be installed on the personal computer Refer to the pages listed below for the type of operating system running on the personal computer Saas P touch AV Editor P touch Editor Printer driver Software to enable Software to create the personal labels with various computer to use the designs PT 9500PC as a printer Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windosw 98 SE Microsoft Windows Me v S USB connection l Microsoft Ver 4 0 Serial
103. Print aj in the print properties box See label printing for other options gt The label will be printed E Specify the printing options Printing the label you created Pina Name Brother PT 9500PC Location Output Printed the label you created E Printing Click gt The print properties box appears Click Print a in the print properties box O Output o gt The label will be printed Standard Select for high speed printing O Options Auto Cut The printed labels are cut and then ejected Half Cut Only the label tape is cut without Click cutting the backing making it easier to remove the label backing Chain Printing The printed label will Click sj in the print properties box remain in the printer without being ejected 2 The Print dialog box appears until the next label is printed Extra space l is not inserted between the labels To discharge the label press the feed cut button Mirror Printing A mirror image of the data is printed When using clear tape this is very convenient for affixing to the inner glass surfaces Output Directly to Printer Driver The time to send the output to the printer driver is reduced However labels with intensive graphics and complex designs may not print correctly E Setting the printing options and label printing gt The print properties box appears labels 8 c N Sa lt 7 gt Y 3 O
104. Quick P touch Quick Editor o 3 Mac 0s 9 Editor software dida zero K availa Printer driver for the PT 9500PC Driver PT 9500PC e If custom installation is not selected all of the programs will be installed Approximately 20 MB of available hard disk space is required gt The Installer starts 53 gt Installation begins fee uick Editor HHHHHHHHHHHHH a P touch Quick Editor ERRE P touch Quick Editor is an application that allows you to create labels quickly and easily Start up the installer and then follow the messages that appear System Requirements Computer Macintosh computer with Power PC processor Operating system Mac OS 8 6 or later Available memory Minimum B Available hard disk space Minimum 20MB This software is only compatible with Mac O8 X classic Apple and Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple Computer Inc Y gt When installation is complete the message Installation is done appears O Click Quit Installation is done Click QUIT to leave the installer Click CONTINUE to perform additional installations Continue O Click Restart is Please restart your Macintosh before using any of the installed ite p Installation of P touch Quick Editor is complete and the Macintosh will restart After the Macintosh restarts connect the PT 9500PC to the
105. SE Me 2000 Pro XP Conexi n a un a a A Instalaci n b sica puerto en serie I Realice la conexi n a un puerto en serie Realice la conexi n a un puerto USB Mac OS X 10 1 10 2 6 Nota O No conecte el cable de interfaz en serie y el cable de interfaz USB a la PT 9500PC al mismo tiempo La PT 9500PC podr a fallar Nota O No conecte el cable de interfaz USB a una computadora personal hasta que el software haya sido instalado Sy O Si conecta el cable de interfaz USB a una computadora personal antes de que el software haya sido instalado aparecer el siguiente cuadro de di logo Haga clic sobre Cancel y retire el cable de interfaz USB Found New Hardware Wizard Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard This wizard helps you install software for Brother PT 9500PC A If your hardware came with an installation CD now 42 or floppy disk insert it What do you want the wizard to do Click Next to continue terca a 16 El Conexi n a un puerto USB Inserte la clavija del extremo del cable de Siga los siguientes pasos para conectar la interfaz USB en el puerto USB situado en PT 9500PC al puerto USB de una la parte trasera de la PT 9500PC computadora personal que funciona con Windows 98 98 SE Me 2000 Pro XP mediante la Instalaci n b sica gt P 26 o ODO lt gt USBID para conectarla al puerto USB de una E Macintosh E a Nota O N gt T
106. Select a printer that uses letter size or larger paper sizes e Depending on the type of operating system running on the personal computer the dialog boxes displayed may be different Click Print gt The Help file information will be printed 79 labels Creat Wind ing ows version Creating other types of labels Examples of creating the various labels listed below are introduced in the Description of Operations Section found in the P touch Editor Help Described function e Specifying the label size Creating name SRA o e Centering the label text badges Yie w e Adding a frame around the text e Specifying a background theme Creating CD case w Best Hit Songs e Inserting clip art abe oP Jan Aug eeu e Combining multiple labels using the Sheet function ea Printing using the e Specifying a numbering numbering con 1 IF Adoro field and printing secutive num bers function e Inserting a table e Combining cells Creating tables Department reine D e Typing text into a table serial No 01234567890 Devica Mo JABODEFGAJA Creating labels for e Creating tables with no telephone exten outlines M Smit P Ghri y Fier sion numbers M Smh PA Eido l Remedial Setting table cell width Selecting a protocol Creating bar code Ta Changing the size labels Linking to an Excel file Using Excel data Be cute Merging into a layout to print labels ny Setting wide
107. Starting P lOUCH QUICK EGILOM astra ista IA AAA Iii 103 Using P touch Quick Edito heroes a EAEE EEEE EA EERE St 103 After DINOS ds 104 SAPPEN AI A oem oreeeneeeeecoe ee Creating bar code labels ccoiocnodinoicioniniodocnanionic aa a oo oe oo o bvncedcancvesvedeedbonuceucocvesvedecdevsacseeses 106 Bar COGS A AA LA AE E E E sa RE Ea SEDEER OND REE Errai 106 Precautions for printing bar code labels s osasanneweswouserinuupuneeded ddd reve uvebinbesnebabeenadannnindescunsycadidddwwieaans 107 Changing the P touch settings arica iii aire 108 Changing the USB MOS lie a ee a aa 108 Usine multiple COPIES st oi 109 Changing thebatd raten erre IO Te A asas 109 Maintejant ii A A aS E ees A R aa 110 Label is notprinted clearly ls 110 Cleaning the CUTLER e acude 112 Troubleshooting strict 114 S S EE NEEL LE TOA r E NA A EEO AAE E AE EA ET 114 Product sp cifications cco sea 116 TEIDE EE EEES 116 Operating CMV IFOMMICM esio aneo cuecetsen ates datcumcasnn ERA duda E AE NANREN iiaeaa 117 10 Before use This chapter contains information that should be confirmed before using the PT 9500PC Confirming the included accessOries cccccsssssescssceccccssssssssssseeeessssseees 12 PTO SOO O oooO 14 Preparations before creating labels sscccccssssssssssssscccecssssssesseeeeeeens 16 Gonnhecting A ASAS DAS 17 Installing the tape cassette Taar ayes sane overs esvss aero voy tenores 22 installing the collection traves AA
108. The following items could not be removed Unable to remove directory Library Fonts Unable to remove directory Library Uninstall Complete Double click the Preferences folder in Macintosh HD Users User Name Library Preferences 8 Delete P touch Editor 3 2 Prefs and P touch Editor 3 2 plist P touch Editor is deleted E Uninstalling P touch Quick Editor 4 Double click Uninstall Quick Editor Double click the Applications folder in eee E EE Editor e ee Ao Zz gt the drive where Mac OS X is installed E 9800 E Macintosh HD e Uninstall Quick Editor fom MG Y gt Back View E Computer Home Favorites Applications A P P touch_Editor stallLog log touch_Quick stallLog log gt The nstal Anywhere U ni nstal ler ab starts Library 3 A 6 Click Uninstall eo Temporary Items InstallAnywhere Uninstaller SSS 2 Uninstall P touch Quick Editor Users A Introduction About to uninstall a P touch Quick Editor aD This will completely remove all components installed by o InstallAnywhere It will not remove files and folders created Xn The Applications window appears after the installation BP q e e e far Gua Double click the P touch Quick Editor 9 folder eee Al Applications Se gt O i 3 tt Y A f Cancel Back View i Computer Home Favorites Applications gt P touch Edit
109. This option is normally selected Advanced setup The software and printer driver will be installed separately The editing software can be installed or the printer driver can be installed updated or removed gt Aparece un cuadro de di logo en el que puede seleccionar el software que desea instalar O Haga clic sobre el bot n del controlador a Brother Setup Select the components that you want to install P touch Editor P touch Editor 4 will be installed This editing software provides various advanced functions Z A for creating a wide variety of labels 2 P touch Quick Editor P touch Quick Editor will be installed a This editing software provides various functions for easily Gr creating simple labels P touch AV Editor P touch AV Editor will be installed This editing software provides various functions for easily AA creating Avery labels a Driver The printer driver will be installed updated or removed Back Close Aparece el cuadro de di logo Driver Setup O Haga clic sobre OK Driver Setup Driver will be installed Connection Method Connect to your PC with a USB cable C Serial cable Connect to your PC with a Serial cable Network Connectior Install a driver for printing at printers on a network gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Confirmation Lea el contenido y luego haga clic sobre OK Confirmation IMP
110. Z355 Blanco sobre fondo negro 26 99 TZ451 Negro sobre fondo rojo 23 99 TZ651 Negro sobre fondo amarillo 23 99 TZB51 eae fondo naranja fluorescente cinta de 16 4 pies de 28 99 o 2 O a lt Todas las cintas tienen una longitud de 26 2 salvo que se indique lo contrario 117 Cintas laminadas de 3 4 18 mm de anchura N de producto Descripci n Precio 17841 Pei fondo naranja fluorescente cinta de 16 4 pies de 24 99 rz rZwest TZWss Tawra Cintas laminadas de 1 2 12 mm de anchura N de producto Descripci n Precio Cintas laminadas de 3 8 9 mm de anchura N de producto Descripci n Precio 17121 Negro sobre fondo transparente 14 99 TZ221 Negro sobre fondo blanco 16 99 TZ325 Blanco sobre fondo negro 18 99 TZ421 Negro sobre fondo rojo 16 99 Todas las cintas tienen una longitud de 26 2 salvo que se indique lo contrario 118 Cintas laminadas de 1 4 6 mm de anchura N de producto Descripci n Precio TZ111 Negro sobre fondo transparente 12 99 TZ211 Negro sobre fondo blanco 14 99 TZ315 Blanco sobre fondo negro 17 99 Todas las cintas tienen una longitud de 26 2 salvo que se indique lo contrario El Opciones N de producto Descripci n Para su uso con PS9000 Servidor de impresi n PT9500PC Existen 4 sencillas formas de hacer pedidos directos a Brother 1 Ll menos al n mero gratuito 1 888 879 3232 y pague con una de las principales tarjetas de cr
111. a crear etiquetas de manera sencilla O Active P touch Quick Editor Haga clic sobre el cuadro de texto y escriba el texto afl Ar Length 3 18 A Width 1 Jen fre Brother Haga clic sobre ES Se imprimir la etiqueta Nota O Se detectar autom ticamente el ancho de la cinta incluida en el casete de cinta instalado en la PT 9500PC 80 Otras funciones Esta secci n explica las otras funciones de P touch Quick Editor Nota O Si hace clic con el bot n derecho sobre el cuadro de texto o la barra de herramientas la barra de men aparece y se pueden seleccionar diferentes funciones E Especificaci n del tama o de la etiqueta Especifique el tama o de la etiqueta O Haga clic sobre ED gt de 7 gt Aparece el cuadro de la lista desplegable E Seleccione Tape Settings s Aa lo Length 1 06 153 Width 1 e Hide Le le Text Settings Tape Settings gt Aparece el cuadro de propiedades de los ajustes de la cinta Seleccione Format Length Width etc de las etiquetas g EA Length 1 06 2 Ed SE AD Width 1 Bl Format Normal Format y Length A Auto Margins Minimum y Width flee X ia E Especificaci n de la forma del texto Especifique la forma y escriba el texto Haga clic sobre de 7 gt Aparece el cuadro de la lista desplegable 2 Seleccione Text Settings Al Length 1 06 4
112. ado de preparar el equipo Macintosh comience a crear etiquetas E Creaci n de etiquetas con varios dise os Contin e con Creaci n de etiquetas utilizando P touch Editor gt P 93 E Impresi n sencilla de etiquetas Contin e con Creaci n de etiquetas utilizando P touch Quick Editor gt P 101 92 Creaci n de etiquetas utilizando P touch Editor Con P touch Editor se pueden crear etiquetas con diferentes dise os Nota O Este cap tulo contiene un resumen de P touch Editor Los detalles sobre el uso de P touch Editor se encuentran en la Gu a de usuario del CD ROM Consulte Utilizaci n de la Gu a de usuario del CD ROM gt P 99 Activaci n de P touch Editor Active P touch Editor El Para Mac OS 8 6 9 x Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta P touch Editor 3 2 de la unidad en la que est instalado P touch Editor Ga Haga doble clic sobre ISES aoe Si se cre un alias haga doble clic sobre el icono del alias gt Aparece la ventana de dise o El Para Mac OS X 10 1 o posterior Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta Applications de la unidad en la que est instalado Mac OS X gt Aparece la ventana Applications Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta P touch Editor 3 2 gt Aparece la ventana P touch Editor EAS Haga doble clic sobre Si se cre un alias haga doble clic sobre el icono del alias gt Aparece la ventana de dise o 93 pee A A
113. adro de di logo Print O Mirror Printing H di H nm ts 1 Haga clic sobre Copies amp Pages y luego Restart for Each Record Keep the Original Value seleccione los elementos que desea cambiar Database A E T Selected Records Print o prier FT 9500PC a Presets andard E Ev Copies amp Pages E o L t O P ginas pt Options ere lt 2 Tape Setting Se especifica el rango de impresi n por Halftone Color P touch Editor p gina Summary Save Custom Setting O Auto Tape Cut Las etiquetas impresas se cortan y luego se expulsan Establezca las condiciones de impresi n O Multi Half Cut S lo se corta la cinta de la etiqueta sin cortar la hoja de respaldo lo que hace m s f cil quitar la hoja de respaldo de la O Copies Pages Copies Especifique el n mero de copias de la etiqueta que desea imprimir etiqueta O Chain Printing Print La etiqueta impresa se mantendr en la Printer PT 9500PC E impresora sin ser expulsada hasta que se Presets Standard m Copies Pages 7 imprima la etiqueta siguiente No se inserta g E Copies 1 Collated espacio extra entre las etiquetas Para expulsar las etiquetas pulse el bot n FEED CUT el El ya nn O Mirror Printing O Preview Cancel PARED Se imprime una imagen reflejada de los ES y o datos E
114. al computer and then insert the CD ROM into the CD ROM drive The Brother Setup dialog box appears e It may take a short time until the Brother Setup dialog box appears e Ifthe Brother Setup dialog box does not appear double click the My Computer icon and then double click the P touch icon O Click the button for Advanced setup a Brother Setup Select the setup method Basic setup The editing software and the preset printer driver will be installed This option is normally selected r Advanced setup The software and printer driver will be installed separately The editing software can be installed or the printer driver can be installed updated or removed The dialog box to select the software to install appears 37 Installin g the Oo ras a 3 O Y Click the button for P touch AV Editor a Brother Setup ES Select the components that you want to install m P touch Editor P touch Editor 4 will be installed This editing software provides various advanced functions A for creating a wide variety of labels P touch Quick Editor P touch Quick Editor will be installed a This editing software provides various functions for easily Cr creating simple labels r P touch AV Editor P touch AV Editor will be installed This editing software provides various functions for easily AY creating Avery labels Y Driver The printer dri
115. ame Brother PT 9500PC Location COM1 Output F Options JAuto Cut Half Cut Chain Printing Mirror Printing TaN an ine al Properties Fo SOR TURA Copies Number 1 O Producci n Est ndar Para una impresi n de alta velocidad O Opciones Auto Cut Las etiquetas impresas se cortan y luego se expulsan Half Cut S lo se corta la cinta de la etiqueta sin cortar la hoja de respaldo lo que facilita quitar la hoja de respaldo de la etiqueta Chain Printing La etiqueta impresa se mantendr en la impresora sin ser expulsada hasta que se imprima la etiqueta siguiente No se inserta espacio extra entre las etiquetas Para expulsar las etiquetas pulse el bot n FEED CUT Mirror Printing Se imprime una imagen reflejada de los datos Esto resulta muy c modo para pegar en la superficie interna de vidrios Utilice cinta transparente Output Directly to Printer Driver Se reduce el tiempo necesario para mandar la salida al controlador de la impresora No obstante las etiquetas con dise os complicados pueden no imprimirse correctamente O Numbering n meros consecutivos Cuando se ha definido una numeraci n n meros consecutivos para las etiquetas se puede establecer que el n mero que aparece en la etiqueta aumente en una cantidad concreta en cada etiqueta sucesiva Haga clic sobre Print Se imprimir la etiqueta 75 uetas Creaci n de
116. ams 48 Select Brother P touch Editor Version 4 0 P touch Quick Editor or P touch AV Editor ES Add or Remove Programs Sort by Name Y Change or A Brother P touch Editor Yersion 4 0 Size 5 28MB Remove Programs Click here for support information Used rarely Last Used On 7 15 2003 To change this program or remove it From yo ir computer click Change Remove Change Remove Add New BJ P touch Av Editor Size 1 21MB Programs 2 P touch Quick Editor Size 0 71MB Add Remove Windows Components O For Windows 95 98 98SE Me NT 4 0 Select Brother P touch Editor Version 4 0 or P touch Quick Editor from the list in the Add Remove Programs Properties sheet Add Remove Programs Properties ES Install Uninstall Windows Setup Startup Disk To install a new program from a floppy disk or CD ROM drive click Install 2 The following software can be automatically removed by Windows To remove a program or to modify its installed components select it from the list and click Add Remove Brother P touch Editor Version 4 0 P touch AV Editor DK Cancel Apply Click Change Remove The Confirm File Deletion dialog box appears O Click OK or Yes O P touch Editor 4 0 Confirm Uninstall 4re you sure you want to completel Brother P touch Editor Version 4 0 and all of its components Cancel O P touch Quick Editor Confirm File Deletion 2 J amp re you sure you want to co
117. anroaiaa psu asin 34 Installing P touch Quick Editor only sr O ein Dos 35 Installing P touch AV EdHOrON Moda dara ty ir Ia iaeoa AAEN EE AA ESEE ici 37 Installing the printer OVER 39 Setting the personal computer and PT 9500PC baud rate oo eee ao aa o aa a aa a ao oca Ea Ea a oo DD e eo ae a ee econo 45 Uninstalling the SOT WANG li ic 48 Printer isnodonger Used A RR RE A UI IS Da aa E ES E 49 Using Mac OS 3 6 9 X AA O 51 Installing P touch Editor and the printer Criver 2 ssoccccasssssecesesyoescoesedeveeeaneasecevevsubessaanasdacaboanbenss 51 Installing P touch Quick Editor and the printer driver s ssssssssesesssssssssessssssssrerresssssssssrrerersssssssreres 53 Installing th printer driver only oie isl tewapececbesauuvasdsdtasatsayunaiai sees lienraummarenanecessuiae 54 Selecting the pinter da IO IS 56 Uninstalling the software ti A db cats 56 Using Mac OS X 10 1 OF later ni is 58 lnst lling P toucMi Editor at hui aaea Dena E bulb E aaa Ea DECIDA E aad a tare LA isa A 58 Installing P touch Quick EMO scr sess ao TA itt bes tudanonedecanuasoe E TEEN RERE eA RRES EAEE Sa ped 61 Instale theprinter dri Ve ia e a aaa aE aa Eaa tr 63 Selecting th Printer ri a ie uel a a A EEES i e aana 66 Uninstalling tHe SOMW ANG tarta IO iros A E a O E E EE ERSS ETS aA 67 3 Creating labels Windows version ssssssssssesssssessssecccssscsscsseeceeeeee 7 1 Creating labels decido da DA AA AA ATADA AA ATA AA AUDASA AU SA ATA AA DOA AA ESAERE
118. ayout window and then type the name SSS SoS Sm GARRATS a Drag the typed text to the center of the layout window gt The print dialog box appears O Click Print amp brother PT 9500PC Coz Copies fi Page All From E Jro E _ O Auto Tape Cut M Multi Half Cut O Chain Printing O Mirror Printing Color Adjustment Numbering Copies fo estart for Each Record M Keep the Original Value Database gt All Records Preview gt The label will be printed 98 Label printing Printed the label you created E Printing Click BBA gt The print dialog box appears 2 Click Print E brother PT 9500PC Copies 1 Page All From Jm O Auto Tape Cut M Multi Half Cut O Chain Printing O Mirror Printing Graphics Color Adjustment Numbering Copies o Restart for Each Record 4 Keep the Original Value Database All Records Cl Preview O For Mac OS X 10 1 or later Click Print Print Printer PT 9500PC ry Presets Standard a Copies Pages a Copies 1 M Collated Pages O AII O From 1 to 1 Om f Preview The label will be printed E Setting the printing options and label printing Mac OS 8 6 9 x Click BBA gt The print dialog box appears E Specify the printing options E Setting the printing options and label printing Mac OS X 10 1 or later amp brother PT 95
119. button including lamp _ Je Feed cut button LAS Orother y Collection tray support Note O If the tape compartment cover is left open dust will collect on the print head Always close the cover Rear view AC adapter jack USB ID switch eee lolo lt us o Serial port l a 00 j USB port Note O The USB ID switch is usually set to 2 For details refer to Changing the USB ID mode gt P 108 14 Lamp display The condition of the PT 9500PC can be determined by the power button lamp green and the ERROR lamp red Lamp condition Power button ERROR lamp Condition Remedy green red PT 9500PC standby condition O Receiving data Install the tape cassette and close the No tape cassette tape compartment cover Lit Q Y 9 Sa o Ga cD a a Receiving data Tape compartment cover is Close the cover open During PT 9500PC standby Install the tape cassette and close the No tape cassette tape compartment cover Lit Lit During PT 9500PC standby Tape compartment cover is Close the cover open a Install the correct tape cassette and close Incorrect tape cassette the tape compartment cover During printing Tape compartment cover is Close the cover Lit open Install a tape cassette containing tape ap Aiie and close the tape compartment cover A The PT 9500PC will return to standby after 5 seconds Cutter error O Cutter erro
120. ch Editor Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta Applications en la unidad en la que est instalado Mac OS X eee E Macintosh HD EE feo mM Q Y A Back View i Computer Home Favorites Applications 2 ra rs Applications touch_Editor stallLog log touch_Quick stallLog log Library bs A System Temporary Items Users Aparece la ventana Applications Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta P touch Editor 3 2 A Applications e H Computer Home Favorites Applications Ol Acrobat Reader 5 0 Address Book AppleScript Calculator Chess E ie Clock Image Capture iMovie g 6 a Internet Connect Internet Explorer iTunes A es r de E o Mail P touch Quick Editor Preview v gt Aparece la ventana P touch Editor a2 65 eo D o a 2 O ax 9 _ N sP ras a 3 E o Y Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta Uninstall P touch Editor r 7 000 2 P touch Editor 3 2 e i gt ST aXe de SEM MS Y A Back View E Computer Home Favorites Applications EN A a Help P touch Editor 3 2 Read Me Clip Art Uninstall P touch Edito gt Aparece la ventana Uninstall P touch Editor Haga doble clic sobre Uninstall P touch Editor 7 000 2 Uninstall P touch Editor e gt E de O mmm E Ay A Back View E Computer Home Favorites Applications Uninstall P touch Editor gt Comienza InstallAnywhere Uninstalle
121. ci n de contacto s lo para EEUU sssssssssesesessesecccccscecesessssesssee 122 Creaci n de etiquetas de c digos de barras La PT 9500PC permite crear etiquetas con c digos de barras para el control de productos y para las transacciones comerciales de una forma sencilla Dada la gran variedad de est ndares de c digos de barras es aconsejable crear las etiquetas de c digo de barras despu s de confirmar los est ndares de creaci n y de exploraci n del lector de c digos de barras Resumen de c digos de barras Los c digos de barras que se pueden crear con PT 9500PC son los siguientes Est ndar Formato C digo 1 2 5 ITF cle unidimensional CODE128 EAN128 C digo C digo de barras C digo l ser unidimensional C digo unidimensional C digo unidimensional unidimensional unidimensional unidimensional unidimensional C digo unidimensional 104 Caracteres 0 9 AZ Yo espacio 0 9 A D poy Todos ASCII 128 caracteres C digo de control 37 tipos Todos ASCII 128 caracteres C digo de control 37 tipos Espacios de los caracteres scat digito de control Windows Macintosh digito de control digito de control digito de control hasta 30 caracteres hasta 30 caracteres d gito de control Estandar Formato Caracteres C digo unidimensional C digo PDF417 bidimensional tipo apilad
122. ck Add Printer 4 q 2 a a System Preferences TextEdit X r 000 Printer List Pum AA Kind Status gt The Utilities window appears eee e Add Printer 66 Select PT 9500PC and then click Add Uninstalling the software i If the PT 9500PC will no longer be used with a the Macintosh follow the following steps to uninstall the software E Uninstalling P touch Editor Double click the Applications folder in SO the drive where Mac OS X is installed re ese E Macintosh HD e gt The Printer List dialog box appears mm mM YY A again Back Computer Home Favorites Applications Ss F O g Applications touch_Editor stallLog log touch_Quick stallLog log Confirm that PT 9500PC has been added 2 e e e lt 9 and then close the Printer List dialog box S Eaz dano 0600 Printer List Ls p a ns Status System Temporary Items da 5 O PT 9500PC PT 9500PC e da Users The Applications window appears Delete Add Printer Double click the P touch Editor 3 2 The PT 9500PC can be used a folder printer A Applications Proceed to Creating labels Macintosh a DA A i omputer ome avorites pplications version gt P 93 a Acrobat Reader 5 0 Address Book A E a AppleScript Calculator Chess EL pa Clock Image Capture iMovie g e Ai Internet Connect Internet Explorer iTunes do A w Mail P touch Quick Edi
123. connection Windows 2000 Pro Microsoft Windows XP Ver 4 0 Microsoft Windows 95 a E Microso Not Available Not Available Ver 4 0 Serial connection NT 4 0 Ver 3 2 2 Software to print labels using simple operations Software to format text for AV labels Mac OS 10 1 to 10 2 6 Y Mac OS 8 6 to Y 9 x Y Y Ver 3 2 USB connection i Ver 3 2 USB connection 1 Select Basic setup for a USB connection and select Advanced setup for a serial connection 2 When using Windows NT 4 0 the P touch Editor clip art cannot not be used if Internet Explorer 5 5 or later is not installed 3 USB connection cannot be used A Serial connection cannot be used 26 Using Windows This section contains the procedures to install the software on personal computers running Windows 95 98 98 SE Me NT 4 0 2000 Pro XP The software is installed separately Follow these procedures to install uninstall the printer driver and when connecting the PT 9500PC toa computer running Windows 98 98 SE Me 2000 Pro XP using a serial connection Advanced setup y y y Select the software to install When installation is complete click is not supported y Editor Close a gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 4 eee 4 t tt ta tt tt P touch t 4 Editor t 4 Editor t t tt H t Windows 95 NT 4 0 y 4 om y t t t t t t 4
124. cssssccccesssscccesssccceeesees 10 T rminos relacionados con la PT 9500PC ccccessscccccessccccsssscccesssccceeesees 12 Preparaciones previas a la creaci n de etiquetas oooccccnonncnonnnnnonononanacacococos 14 Conexi n de la P95 VO Elo toas sees auc d 15 Instalaci n del casete de Cita cosas carne one EDAR O BEA 20 Instalaci n de la bandeja de recogida ooooococoooooononcccconocoocconananccccnononononos 22 Confirmaci n de los accesorios incluidos Abra la caja y confirme que est n incluidos los siguientes elementos Si alguno de estos elementos falta o est da ado por favor contacte con la tienda minorista donde compr la PT 9500PC E PT 9500PC Impresora de etiquetas E Adaptador de CA modelo AD 9000 Se conecta al cable de alimentaci n E Cable de alimentaci n Se conecta a un enchufe CA 120V E Cable de interfaz USB Este cable se utiliza para conectar la PT 9500PC al puerto USB de una computadora personal 10 El Cable de interfaz en serie Este cable se utiliza para conectar la PT 9500PC al puerto en serie de una computadora personal E Casete de cinta Este casete contiene la cinta para las etiquetas KE Palillo para etiquetas Se utiliza cuando resulta dif cil quitar la parte trasera de una etiqueta impresa El palillo para etiquetas est instalado dentro de la cubierta del compartimiento de la cinta de la PT 9500PC E BAA El Bandeja de
125. d a Close Advanced setup The software and printer driver will be installed separately The editing software can be installed or the printer driver can be installed updated or removed Select the setup method Aparece un cuadro de di logo en el que puede seleccionar el software que desea instalar Lea el contenido y luego haga clic sobre Next Welcome Welcome to the P touch Quick Editor Setup program This program will install P touch Quick Editor on your computer It is strongly recommended that you exit all Windows programs before running this Setup program Click Cancel to quit Setup and then close any programs you have running Click Next to continue with the Setup program WARNING This program is protected by copyright law and international treaties Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this program or any portion of it may result in severe civil and criminal penalties and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under law E Cancel Aparece el cuadro de di logo User Information 33 Escriba su nombre y el nombre de la empresa en Name y Company respectivamente y luego haga clic sobre Next User Information Type your name below You must also type the name of the company you work for Name e Company Brothed gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Registration Confirmation Verifique que el nombr
126. d password y or phrase to make changes in Installer P caps lock on Cancel Click the lock to make changes gt The Welcome to the PT 9500PC Driver Installer dialog box appears O Click Continue re Install PT 9500PC Driver Welcome to the PT 9500PC Driver Installer Intr ion adnet Welcome to the Brother PT 9500PC Driver Installation Program You will be guided through the steps necessary to install this software gt The necessary operating environment for installation is displayed 63 Installin g the Oo ras a 3 Y Confirm the contents and then click Continue O Install PT 9500PC Driver Important Information Introduction Brother PT 9500PC Driver Read Me README System Requirements nstallation Type Computer Macintosh computer with Power PC processor Remo os Mac OS X 10 1 10 2 6 Apple and Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple Computer Inc c Brother Industries Ltd 2003 All rights reserved f Print f Save X Go Back C The Software License Agreement dialog box appears Read the contents and then click Continue r 4 Install PT 9500PC Driver Software License Agreement Introduction Brother PT 9500PC Driver AO AU UI A Uee You may not reproduce modify reverse engineer disassemble or decompile any part of the SOFTWARE without prior written estinatio permis
127. d to the Macintosh Clicking Custom Install displays a dialog remove the USB interface cable box that allows you to select which options to install Only the options with a E Start the Macintosh and then insert the check mark beside them are installed E CD ROM into the CD ROM drive Clear the check marks from the programs you do not want to install Oo ras a 3 Y gt The P touch window appears e sj 2 o SFFFFFFESESESESESESESEEEE an O Double click the Mac OS 9 folder A EA P touch Quick Editor is an application that allows you to create labels quickly and easily MM P touch Quick Editor MPT 9500PC Driver Install on B Installation O 2 O P touch 2 items zero K available Start up the installer and then follow the messages that appear E System Requirements HDD Installation requires 20 3 MB Available on volume 2047 8 MB Mac OS x Computer Macintosh computer with Power PC processor Operating system Mac Os 8 6 or later Available memory Minimum 24MB Available hard disk space Minimum 20MB Drive Install This software is only compatible with Apple and Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple Computer Inc Y gt The Mac OS 9 window appears The programs that can be installed are listed below Double click the P touch Quick Editor Installer icon Program Description P touch
128. dada O Fecha y hora Se puede visualizar la fecha y la hora actual como una l nea de texto amp t O Fusi n de un campo de base de datos Cree un campo de base de datos Creaci n de un r tulo En este cap tulo se describe un ejemplo para crear un r tulo utilizando Mac OS 8 6 9 x O Active P touch Editor O Haga clic sobre Ed Aparece el cuadro de propiedades de la pagina Establezca el largo de la etiqueta en 4 100 mm Eh oz 4 E A Hj Gsi 13 Establezca el ancho de la etiqueta en 1 24 mm E oz 3 PGs Haga clic sobre IFN en el cuadro de propiedades de la pagina Se establecer la orientaci n de la impresi n como horizontal Haga clic sobre Aparece el cuadro de propiedades de la fuente En el cuadro de la fuente seleccione Century Gothic 95 ee m 7 o A oo d sj L S 38 o gt sc CS lt Q e e YM Go D A lt 3 O gt En el cuadro del tama o seleccione 36 Haga clic sobre A en la barra de herramientas gt La herramienta de texto est seleccionada Haga clic sobre la ventana de dise o y escriba el nombre Robert Fox Py Arrastre el texto escrito al centro de la ventana de diseno gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Print 13 Haga clic sobre Print amp brother PT 9500PC Copies fi Page All Q From E Jte E O Auto Tape C
129. des various functions for easily creating Avery labels Driver The printer driver will be installed updated or removed gt The Driver Setup dialog box appears Select Serial cable and then click OK Driver Setup Driver will be installed Connection Method USB cable Ku Connect to your PC with a A gt USB cable gt your PC with a Serial cable Bit 10101 Cas Install a driver for printing at printers on a network C Network Connectior Cancel gt The Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC dialog box to indicate setup will begin appears 6 Select Install and then click Next Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC Driver setup will begin Driver to be set up Brother PT 9500PC Cancel a gt The dialog box to select the port that the PT 9500PC will be to connected to appears Select the port that the PT 9500PC will be connected to and then click Next Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC Select the port that the printer is connected to gt Port F a SERRERERA O Cancel gt The dialog box to confirm the installation information appears Confirm that the driver and port are correct and then click Next To correct the installation information click Back Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC Installation will be carried out as indicated below Driver Brother PT 9500PC Port COM1 If OK click Next Installation will beg
130. do 3 4 18 mm 25 99 TZS951 Negro sobre fondo mate plateado 1 24 mm 27 99 TZS961 Negro sobre fondo mate plateado 1 1 2 36 mm 35 99 Todas las cintas tienen una longitud de 26 2 salvo que se indique lo contrario 116 Cintas de identificaci n flexibles Adhesivo especial para doblar envolver y crear indicaciones N de producto Descripci n Precio TZFX231 Negro sobre fondo blanco 1 2 12 mm 18 99 TZFX241 Negro sobre fondo blanco 3 4 18 mm 21 99 TZFX251 Negro sobre fondo blanco 1 24 mm 25 99 TZFX261 Negro sobre fondo blanco 1 1 2 36 mm 32 99 Cintas de seguridad Si la etiqueta se quita aparece un motivo de seguridad N de producto Descripci n Precio TZSE4 Negro sobre fondo blanco 3 4 18 mm 29 99 Cintas de tela para transferencia por planchado Se pueden usar con distintas telas y soportan m ltiples lavados N de producto Descripci n Precio TZFA3 Azul marino sobre fondo blanco 1 2 12 mm 24 99 Casetes de limpieza del cabezal de impresi n Conservan y restablecen la calidad de impresi n N de producto Descripci n Precio TZCL6 1 1 2 36 mm aprox 100 usos 27 99 KE Cintas laminadas Cintas laminadas de 1 1 2 36 mm de anchura N de producto Descripci n Precio TZ161 Negro sobre fondo transparente 27 99 TZ261 Negro sobre fondo blanco 27 99 TZ661 Negro sobre fondo amarillo 27 99 Cintas laminadas de 1 24 mm de anchura N de producto Descripci n Precio T
131. e Brother PT 9500PC Properties Color Management General Sharing Haga clic sobre Printers and Faxes Bs Brother PT 9500PC Location E Printers and Other Hardware Comment File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q sax JO search Folders N 20 Printers and Other Hardware lt Model Brother PT 9500PC Features See Also Color No Paper available Double sided No ME Add Hardware Pick a task amp Display Sounds Speech and View installed printers or fax printers Audio Devices Power Options Add a printer jg System Staple No Speed Unknown Maximum resolution 360 dpi or pick a Control Panel Troubleshooters 2 Hardware icon 2 Printing 2 Home H Small Office qa Game Controllers lt gt Keyboard Networking Phone and Modem SS AS le Options e Printers and Faxes Scanners and Cameras Para Windows 95 98 98 SE Me haga clic sobre la ficha Advanced Aparece la ventana Device Setting Aparecer la ventana Printers and Faxes Printers and Faxes File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q sax he Dd yo Search E Folders E AO Brother PT 9500PC Printer Tasks 0 A Ready E Add a printer gt Set up Faxing See Also 2 Troubleshoot printing Get help with printing Other Places Control Panel a Scanners and Cameras E My Documents a My Pictures 4
132. e Center Brother 90 Days One Year Limited Warranty and Replacement Service For USA Only 91 day to 1 year If the problem reported concerning your Machine is covered by this warranty and if you first reported the problem after 90 days but before 1 year from the date of original purchase Brother will furnish free of charge excluding labor charges replacement part s for those part s of the Machine determined by Brother or its Authorized Service Center to be defective You will be responsible for all labor charges associated with repairs made after the first 90 days from original purchase After 90 days from the original purchase date accompanying Consumable and Accessory Items are no longer covered by this warranty If the Machine and or accompanying Consumable and Accessory Item s are not covered by this warranty either stage you will be charged for shipping the Machine and or accompanying Consumable and Accessory Item s back to you The foregoing are your sole i e only and exclusive remedies under this warranty What happens when Brother elects to replace your Machine If you have delivered the Machine to an Authorized Service Center the Authorized Service Center will provide you with a replacement Machine after receiving one from Brother If you are dealing directly with Brother Brother will send to you a replacement Machine with the understanding that you will
133. e LAN environment For details refer to the instruction manual for the personal computer Changing the baud rate The serial interface baud rate is set to 115 200 bps at the factory When using a personal computer that does not support a serial port baud rate of 115 200 bps change the PT 9500PC baud rate to 9 600 bps Note After changing the PT 9500PC s baud rate to 9 600 bps change the personal computer baud rate as well For details refer to Setting the personal computer and PT 9500PC baud rate gt P 45 O Turn off the PT 9500PC With the PT 9500PC power off press the power button on the PT 9500PC for 5 seconds or more Power button gt The ERROR lamp red and power button lamp green will flash alternately After the lamps flash alternately release the power button The baud rate is now set to 9 600 bps 109 Maintenance The internal parts of the PT 9500PC will gradually become dirty with use This section contains the procedures for maintaining the PT 9500PC Label is not printed clearly If the printed label contains a blank horizontal line or the characters are not clear the print head and head roller may be dirty E Self cleaning Use the PT 9500PC self cleaning function to remove any dirt from the print head Press the cover release button and open the tape compartment cover 2 Remove the tape cassette E Close the tape compartment cover 110
134. e explica el procedimiento para instalar el casete de cinta O Quite el tap n del casete de cinta e Tenga en cuenta que algunos casetes de cinta pueden no tener tap n Presione el bot n de apertura de la cubierta y abra la cubierta del compartimiento de la cinta Verifique el casete de cinta Presione el bot n de encendido de la Compruebe que el extremo de la cinta no PT 9500PC est doblado y que est correctamente colocado a trav s de las gu as de la cinta previa O N gt ee a xe Q fer Xn Gan S Extremo de la cinta Gu as de la cinta Polomae Encendido Se iluminar el bot n de encendido verde Instale el casete de cinta Aseg rese de instalar el casete de cinta en la direcci n correcta e Si la cubierta del compartimiento de la cinta no est completamente cerrada o si el casete de cinta no est instalado correctamente se encender la l mpara de ERROR En este caso repita el procedimiento desde el paso O Presione el bot n FEED CUT M Bot n FEED CUT Cierre la cubierta del compartimiento de A gt Quite la parte sobrante de la cinta la cinta Nota O Si no se realiza ninguna otra operaci n durante los 10 minutos posteriores a la impresi n de una etiqueta el soporte del rodillo se soltar autom ticamente y es posible que produzca un sonido Debido a esta funci n la cinta no se puede retirar s
135. e printer driver will be installed updated or removed 32 Siga las instrucciones de cada cuadro de di logo y comience la instalaci n Consulte los pasos en Instalaci n mediante la Instalaci n b sica gt P 27 gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo User Registration Seleccione Yes display the page y a continuaci n haga clic sobre Next InstallShield Wizard User Registration OK to display the software registration page No do not display the page gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo InstallShield Wizard Complete O Haga clic sobre Finish InstallShield Wizard InstallShield Wizard Complete 4 Setup has finished installing Brother P touch Editor Version 4 0 on your computer Se instalar el P touch Editor y el cuadro de di logo del paso O aparecer nuevamente Si desea instalar tambi n el controlador de impresora contin e con el paso 3 de Instalaci n del controlador de impresora exclusivamente gt P 38 Instalaci n de P touch Quick Editor exclusivamente Instale P touch Quick Editor para dise ar etiquetas utilizando operaciones simples Nota P touch Quick Editor no se puede utilizar con computadoras que funcionan con Windows 95 NT 4 0 Encienda la computadora personal y Brother Setup luego inserte el CD ROM en la unidad de E CD ROM gt Comienza la preparaci n para la c9 instalaci n S
136. e y el nombre de la empresa sean correctos y luego haga clic sobre Yes Para corregir la informaci n de registro haga clic sobre No Registration Confirmation You have provided the following registration information Name o Company Brother Is this registration information correct gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Choose Destination Location Seleccione la carpeta de destino donde se instalar n los archivos y luego haga clic sobre Next Para seleccionar otra carpeta de destino haga clic sobre Browse Choose Destination Location Setup will install P touch Quick Editor in the following folder To install to this folder click Next To install to a different folder click Browse and select another folder fou can choose not to install P touch Quick Editor by clicking Cancel to exit Setup 34 gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Setup y comienza la instalaci n 2 P touch Quick Editor Setup P touch Quick Editor Copying Editor files gt Durante la instalaci n aparece el cuadro de di logo Add shortcut Especifique d nde desea agregar accesos directos para P touch Quick Editor y luego haga clic sobre Next Para no agregar ning n acceso directo desmarque todos los cuadros de verificaci n Add shortcut T Startup menu IV Quick launch bar gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Setup Complete Extraiga el CD ROM de la unidad de
137. e you can use the program you must restart Windows or your computer No I will restart my computer later Remove any disks from their drives and then click Finish to complete setup O O gt Installation of P touch AV Editor is complete and the personal computer will restart Installing the printer driver only When installing the printer driver only follow the following steps E Connecting to a USB port Start the personal computer and then insert the CD ROM into the CD ROM drive The Brother Setup dialog box appears e It may take a short time until the Brother Setup dialog box appears e Ifthe Brother Setup dialog box does not appear double click the My Computer icon and then double click the P touch icon E Click the button for Advanced setup a Brother Setup Select the setup method Basic setup The editing software and the preset printer driver will be installed This option is normally selected m Advanced setup The software and printer driver will be installed separately The editing software can be installed or the printer driver can be installed updated or removed The dialog box to select the software to install appears 39 Installin g the Oo ras a 3 O Y E Click the button for Driver Aa Brother Setup Select the components that you want to install P touch Editor P touch Edito
138. ea instalar est conectado a la Macintosh ret relo Al hacer clic sobre Custom Install se 2 muestra un cuadro de di logo que le e Y A Je qa Encienda la Macintosh y luego inserte el permite seleccionar las opciones que oz CD ROM en la unidad de CD ROM desea instalar S lo se instalan las Sa N Aparece la ventana P touch O Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta Mac OS 9 O 5 P touch ma di a P touch Quick Editor iii P touch Quick Editor is an application that allows you to create labels quickly and easily M P touch Quick Editor MPT 9500PC Driver Install on messages that appear System Requirements E HS HDD Computer Macintosh computer with Power Installation requires 20 3 MB PC processor Available on volume 2047 3 MB Operating system Mac O8 8 6 or later Available memory Minimum 24MB Available hard disk space Minimum 20MB Install ji j H ane wae is only compatible with z i Aparece la ventana Mac OS 9 Apple and Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple Computer Inc Y Haga doble clic sobre el icono P touch Quick Editor Installer Abajo se detallan los programas que se pueden instalar Ae A A Programa Descripci n P touch Quick P touch Quick Editor Editor software Controlador de impresora PT 9500PC Driver para la PT 9500PC Comienza el i
139. ection Current baud rate PC setting 9600 bps Current Port Connection COM1 Baud 9600 vw bps Resets the settings to their defaul gt Aparecer nuevamente la ventana Brother PT 9500PC Properties O Haga clic sobre OK 2 Brother PT 9500PC Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Device Settings Brother PT 9500PC Device Settings Transmission Time Out 5 Second s Printing Time Out 120 Second s Monitor Size Small Monitor Enable Cancel gt La instalaci n se ha completado y la ventana Brother PT 9500PC Properties se cerrar Nota O Si utiliza una computadora personal que no es compatible con una velocidad en baudios de 115 200 bps para el puerto serie cambie la velocidad en baudios de la PT 9500PC a 9 600 bps Para obtener m s informaci n consulte Cambio de la velocidad en baudios gt P 107 45 O o a 2 O S 9 _ N sP ras a 3 o Y EA Seleccione Brother P touch Editor Desinstalaci n del software Version 4 0 P touch Quick Editor o P touch AV Editor ES Add or Remove Programs Si la PT 9500PC no se va a utilizar en el futuro E Sort by Name con una computadora personal siga los seco na a TER Last Used On 7 3 2003 S l g u l e nte S p a SO S p a fa d e S l n sta a r e softwa re E G To change this program or remove it from yo ir computer click Change Remove a 22 P
140. ed If this occurs connect the PT 9500PC to a personal computer directly with the USB interface cable O The PT 9500PC cannot be connected to E the USB port of a personal computer i running Windows 95 NT 4 0 In this case the PT 9500PC must be connected to the serial port Prepare the included USB interface cable e The location of the USB port varies according to the personal computer For details refer to the instruction manual for the personal computer Note O To use the PT 9500PC the software must be installed on the personal computer Proceed to Installing the software gt P 235 Connect to PT 9500PC Connect to personal USB port computer USB port 19 E Connecting to a serial port A personal computer running Windows 95 NT 4 0 must be connected to the serial port To connect to personal computers running Windows 98 98 SE Me 2000 Pro XP using the serial port select Connecting to a serial port gt P 40 Note When the USB interface cable is connected to the PT 9500PC the serial port cannot be used for communication Remove the USB interface cable from the PT 9500PC O When connecting the PT 9500PC to a personal computer using a serial connection connect the PT 9500PC to the personal computer with the serial interface cable before installing the software O The serial ports RS 232C of some computers are shaped so that the serial interface cable cannot be con
141. el O Click OK gt The Layout window appears P P touch Editor Layout1 A Ele Edit view Insert Format Tool Layout Window Help 0 84 9298 00 T Alfoz ser SEE aj aa pe wl z a a wo TY als ala le e Favorites 9 History E Property dock Click each button in the property dock to display the property box for setting the font layout etc Click the button again to close the property box O Print properties Set the label printing method printer and number of copies Brother PT S500RC x Standard ka fi Fa Print a 74 O Page properties Set the label size margins and orientation NomalFomat JA X po aja poz 104 fii en Eh O Text properties Set the font font size text alignment and spacing and line spacing OEA mel ale 1 0 Bla O Layout properties Set the graphic or text alignment and rotation 2 0 70 10 08 z la Ol ml El x E Draw toolbar Tools for drawing shapes OASCQOOOY REF E Object dock O Screen Capture The object dock contains icons to add Capture an image from the desktop and illustrations and likenesses to a label add it to the label O Text Input lines of text Screen i Capture Text O Clip Art Ol Arrange Text Retries various graphics Change the text layout shape BA ato a Clip Art Arrange Test O Symbol O Bar Code Retrieve var
142. el que adquiri la PT 9500PC o con un representante de mantenimiento autorizado Consulte La etiqueta no se imprime claramente gt P 108 y limpie el cabezal de impresi n y el rodillo principal Para Windows seleccione el puerto correcto desde la lista Print the following port del cuadro de di logo Properties de la impresora Para una conexi n USB seleccione PTUSB Para Windows 98 98 SE Me o USBOOn Para Windows 2000 Pro XP Para una conexi n en serie seleccione COM1 si el PC est conectado a COM1 o COM2 si el PC est conectado a COM2 Consulte Configuraci n de la velocidad en baudios de la computadora personal y la PT 9500PC gt P 43 y cambie la velocidad en baudios Problema Error 99 el PC no puede detectar la PT 9500PC No se puede establecer la velocidad en baudios utilizando el asistente Change Baud Rate Wizard o las utilidades de Brother PT 9500PC Error 1 o error 5 no se puede utilizar el puerto en serie del PC El PC no es compatible con la configuraci n inicial de la velocidad en baudios 115 200 bps de la PT 9500PC Despu s de cortar las eti quetas la PT 9500PC no las expulsa correcta mente La cuchilla del cortador est sucia Soluci n Aseg rese de que la PT 9500PC est encendida Aseg rese de que el cable de interfaz est correctamente conectado Aseg rese de que el puerto COM donde se conecta la PT 9500PC coincide con el puer
143. ense Click Install to perform a basic installation of this O Select Destination software package 8 Installation Type t t Go Back 4 Upgrade D The dialog box to confirm the installation appears To continue with installation click Continue Installation Install PT 9500PC Driver Installing this software requires you to introductiot vi restart your computer when the Read Me installation is done Are you sure you want to install the software now O License O Select Desti 8 Installation Cancel Continue Installation Sta this ni GoBack Upgrade gt Installation begins gt When installation is complete the message Software was installed correctly appears O Click Restart re Install PT 9500PC Driver Install Software 8 Introduction O Read Me O License O Select Destination O Installation Type 9 Installing 8 Finish Up The software was successfully installed Click Restart to finish installing the software gt Installation of the printer driver is complete and the Macintosh will restart After the Macintosh restarts connect the PT 9500PC to the Macintosh with the USB interface cable and then turn on the PT 9500PC For details refer to Connecting to a personal computer gt P 18 65 g the Oo ras a 3 Y Installin O Double click the Print Center icon Selecting the p
144. ents f Internet Internet Explorer O E mail a Outlook Express w MSN Explorer O Windows Media Playg SA ON Windows Movie Make Tour Windows XP A Files and Settings Tr Wizard W Windows Catalog Windows Update a Accessories gt na Games gt a Startup Internet Explorer M MSN Explorer A Outlook Express gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo para seleccionar el m todo de dise o que se desea activar os a Remote Assistance O windows Media Player 3 Windows Messenger x e N 5 E a E e e N Sa D gt N cs gt CD mo o aB lt 5 S e Q fam lt 5 i OQ f P touch Editor 4 0 Hed P touch Editor BY P touch av Editor All Programs P touch Quick Editor B Log Off g Turn OFF Computer gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo para seleccionar el m todo de dise o que se desea activar 71 Aa Ventana de dise o Aparece el cuadro de di logo para activar P touch Editor y para seleccionar el m todo de dise o que se desea activar O Seleccione el dise o P touch Editor sal c Create a New Layout ad Using the Auto Format Wizard r Open a Layout Open the Last Layout Used 6 Open an Existing Layout Do Not Display This Dialog Again Cancel Haga clic sobre OK gt Aparece la ventana Layout P touch Editor Layout1 E File Edit View
145. er PT 9500PC Device Settings Transmission Time Out 5 Second s Printing Time Out 120 Second s Monitor Size Small Monitor Enable Cancel gt Setup is complete and the Brother PT 9500PC Properties sheet will close Note O When using a personal computer that does not support a serial port baud rate of 115 200 bps change the PT 9500PC baud rate to 9 600 bps For details refer to Changing the baud rate gt P 109 47 Installin g the Oo ras a 3 Y Uninstalling the software If the PT 9500PC will no longer be used with the personal computer follow the following steps to uninstall the software Double click the My Computer icon and then click Add or remove programs My Computer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help o 5 fs Search Folders Ez Files Stored on This Computer System Tasks 2 View system information O Shared Documents 6 Add or remove programs E Hard Disk Drives Other Places Sa Disk C My Network Places E My Documents Shared Documents E Control Panel Devices with Removable Storage y H 314 Floppy A A CD Drive G ne e Details My Computer System Folder The Add or Remove Programs window appears O For Windows 95 98 98SE Me NT 4 0 2000 Pro On the taskbar click the Start button point to Settings click Control Panel and then double click the Add Remove Programs icon Add Remove Progr
146. ere are a variety of bar code standards create the bar code labels after confirming the creation standards and scanning standards for the bar code reader Bar code summary The bar codes that can be created using the PT 9500PC are listed below Standard CODE128 EAN128 106 Format One dimensional code One dimensional code Number of Characters 1 250 check digit Characters Windows Macintosh 0 9 A Z space it it 12 1 check digit 7 1 check digit 0 9 A D poy 3 250 1 250 All ASCII 128 characters Control code 37 types Y up to 30 characters All ASCII 128 characters Control code 37 types Y up to 30 characters Y KA N f Standard Format Characters umber o Windows Macintosh Characters 1 1850 If numbers only up to 2710 Two dimensional code stack type All characters Not PDF417 Available 1 777 If numbers only up to 3116 Not Available Two dimensional code matrix type All characters Data matrix 1 1817 Two dimensional If numbers J Not ORCODE code matrix type paneer only up to Available 7089 For POSTNET the first digit of the total data is calculated as O For laser bar codes the first digit of the inputed data becomes the check digit Precautions for printing bar code labels Brother P touch label printers are not designed specifically as bar code printers T
147. esora PT 9500PC E E RR O A E 47 ENTOMO OpPeratIVO aaa 115 Especificaci n de la forma del texto 81 Especificaci n del tama o de la etiqueta 80 ESpecIificaciON ES querias incide 114 EU QUCIAS aida 70792 ENQUEtas AVEO 20 116 Extracci n de la hoja de respaldo de la etiqueta A udapacioh cis sanbuceacatadencoaesnuben 89 F Fecha hora ia 73 95 Formato del texto ii i 85 Fusi n de un campo de base de datos 95 G Gu a de usuario del CD ROM eseeeeeee 99 H O 76 l Mate a ATAN 73 95 Importaci n de texto ooccccccccnocococinnnnnnnos 83 86 ATES OMe 75 83 87 96 Impresora de red sss osos osos osos or orono 41 107 Informaci n de Contacto occcccocncnconannnnnnnnnns 122 Inicio de P touch AV Editor 84 Inserci n de s mbolos cccceeseesseereverseees 82 Instalaci n ns 24 25 49 56 Instalaci n avanzada cooccnocnnocnnccnnocnnco 33 35 Instalaci n B SICA iia 26 Instalaci n de la bandeja de recogida 22 Instalaci n del casete de Cinta eee 20 Instalaci n del controlador de impresora 61 Interruptor de ID USB ococcccccccccccnnnnos 12 106 L L mpara de ERROR anat 12 Ea of gs cae merry ener een errr Perera rrr errr 13 M Mac OS Bs0 9X in rip ba 49 Mac OSA TOT 1022 Dist ts 56 Macintosh ocoocccnccnnccnuconunonuconiaconacos 49 56 91 Mantener id caen 108 Maro decorados dietas 73 Minimizaci n de P touch Quick Editor
148. et Iq os N o E a E e on Sa D gt Utilizacion de Help Help esta incluido en P touch Editor para explicar de manera detallada c mo utilizar el software En esta secci n se describen los procedimientos para utilizar Help 76 Para Windows XP haga clic sobre el bot n Start en la barra de tareas apunte a All Programs apunte a P touch Editor 4 0 y luego haga clic sobre P touch Editor Para otros sistemas operativos Windows haga clic sobre el bot n Start en la barra de tareas apunte a Programs apunte a P touch Editor 4 0 y luego haga clic sobre P touch Editor P touch Editor se activa y aparece el cuadro de di logo para seleccionar el m todo de dise o Seleccione uno de los m todos de dise o y luego haga clic sobre OK e Para visualizar Help se puede seleccionar cualquier m todo de dise o Desde el archivo Help de la barra del men seleccione P touch Editor Help Window o M P touch Editor Help F1 User s Guide Brother s Web Page Display Copyright About Aparece la ventana P touch Editor4 Help Barra de herramientas Botones de la barra de herramientas para utilizar Help El D tauch Fdita 4 Holn Temas Aparece la explicaci n de cada elemento seleccionado ide tint pti Contents Index Search Favorites SS Descriptions of operations E
149. ethod r Basic setup The editing software and the preset printer driver will be installed This option is normally selected m Advanced setup The software and printer driver will be installed separately The editing software can be installed or the printer driver can be installed updated or removed The dialog box to select the software to install appears Click the button for P touch Quick Editor a Brother Setup Select the components that you want to install m P touch Editor P touch Editor 4 will be installed This editing software provides various advanced functions a A for creating a wide variety of labels 2 P touch Quick Editor P touch Quick Editor will be installed This editing software provides various functions for easily creating simple labels P touch AV Editor P touch AV Editor will be installed This editing software provides various functions for easily A creating Avery labels r Driver The printer driver will be installed updated or removed Back Close gt The installation preparation begins P touch Quick Editor Setup is preparing the InstallShield Wizard which will guide you through the rest of the setup process Please wait When the preparation is complete the Welcome dialog box appears O Read the contents and then click Next Welcome Welcome to the P touch Quick Editor Setup program This program will
150. formation click No Registration Confirmation You have provided the following registration information Name HERE Company Brother Is this registration information correct The Choose Destination Location dialog box appears Select the destination folder where the files will be installed and then click Next To select another destination folder click Browse Choose Destination Location Setup will install P touch AV Editor in the following folder To install to this folder click Next To install to a different folder click Browse and select another folder You can choose not to install P touch AV Editor by clicking Cancel to exit Setup r Destination Folder E Program Files Brother AV Editor Browse gt The Setup dialog box appears and installation begins A P touch AY Editor Setup P touch AV Editor During installation the Add shortcut dialog box appears Specify where to add shortcuts for P touch AV Editor and then click Next To add no shortcuts clear all of the check boxes Add shortcut Specify where to add the shortcut to P touch AV Editor I Startup menu M Quick launch bar Cancel The Setup Complete dialog box appears Remove the CD ROM from the CD ROM drive Click Yes I want to restart my computer now and then click Finish Setup Complete Setup has finished copying files to your computer Befor
151. g simple labels P touch AV Editor P touch AV Editor will be installed This editing software provides various functions for easily Py creating Avery labels E Driver The printer driver will be installed updated or removed Back Close Aparece el cuadro de di logo Driver Setup Haga clic sobre Serial cable y luego haga clic sobre OK Driver Setup Driver will be installed Connection Method C USB cable Connect to your PC with a USB cable your PC with a gt Serial cable EZ Gas Network Connectior Install a driver for printing at printers on a network Cancel gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC que indica que la instalaci n va a comenzar Haga clic sobre Install y luego sobre Next Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC Driver setup will begin Driver to be set up Brother PT 9500PC Select whether to install or uninstall the application Cancel a Aparece un cuadro de dialogo donde podra seleccionar el puerto al que estar conectada la PT 9500PC Seleccione el puerto al que desea conectar la PT 9500PC y luego haga clic sobre Next Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC Cancel gt Aparece un cuadro de di logo en el que podr confirmar la informaci n de la instalaci n Verifique que el controlador de impresora y el puerto para la instalaci n son los correctos y luego haga clic sobre
152. geles CA 88888 Dx e AN2067 Address E Impresi n de la etiqueta Especifique las opciones de impresi n e imprima la etiqueta O Haga clic sobre ala derecha de 2 gt Aparece un men desplegable 2 Seleccione Print Options a Ex EO Print Print Options Printer Setup gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Print E Especifique las condiciones de impresi n Print Options MV Half Cut Chain Printing Copies Number O Auto Cut Seleccione esta opci n para que la etiqueta salga y se corte autom ticamente una vez impresa Nota O Si se imprimen varias copias de etiquetas AV con el cuadro de verificaci n Auto Cut activado cada etiqueta se corta despu s de imprimirse Si el cuadro de verificaci n Auto Cut est desactivado la cadena de etiquetas s lo se corta cuando todas se han acabado de imprimir O Half Cut Seleccione esta opci n para cortar solamente la cinta de la etiqueta sin cortar el papel al que va adherida De esta forma ser m s f cil separar la etiqueta del papel O Mirror Printing Seleccione esta opci n para imprimir una imagen especular de los datos de forma que la etiqueta pueda adherirse a una ventana y leerse desde el lado opuesto Para obtener unos resultados ptimos utilice una cinta transparente cuando seleccione esta opci n 87 iquetas os Creaci n de et Iq os N 5 E a E e S on
153. ges that appear Installing file PT 9500PC US System Requirements Computer Macintosh computer with Power PC processor Operating system Mac OS 8 6 or later Available memory Minimum 32MB Available hard disk space Minimum 20MB This software is only compatible with Mac OS X classic Files to install 3 gt The Installer starts pple and Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple Computer Inc Y Confirm the drive to install the software to and then click Custom Install To change the drive click Drive gt When installation is complete the message Installation is done appears Click Quit EHHHHHHHHHHHH a P touch Editor 3 2 ERRE P touch Editor is an application that gives you a variety of designing possibilities for creating labels and stamps g the Start up the installer and then follow the Oo ras a 3 Y Installin messages that appear Install on System Requi ts E e lis a AN OD Installation is done Computer Macintosh computer with Power Installation requires 605 8 MB PC processor Available on volume 2047 8 MB Click QUIT to leave the installer Click CONTINUE to Operating system Mac O8 8 6 or later Available memory Minimum 32MB Available hard disk space Minimum 20MB This software is only compatible with Mac OS X classic perform additional installations Apple and Macint
154. h O Do not leave any rubber or vinyl on top of the PT 9500PC for an extended period The PT 9500PC may be stained O Do not place any heavy objects or objects containing water on top of the PT 9500PC If water or any foreign object enters the PT 9500PC contact the retail outlet where the PT 9500PC was purchased or your local authorized service center If you continue to use the PT 9500PC with water or a foreign object in the PT 9500PC the PT 9500PC may be damaged or personal injury could result O Do not touch the cutter Personal injury could result Take special care when the tape compartment cover is open when changing the tape O Do not insert any objects into or block the label outlet AC adapter jack USB port or serial port O Do not touch any metal parts near the print head The print head is very hot during use and immediately after use Do not touch directly with your hands O Use only the interface cables USB interface cable serial interface cable included with the PT 9500PC Use only genuine Brother accessories and supplies Do not use any unauthorized accessories or supplies E AC adapter Use only the AC adapter included with the PT 9500PC O If the PT 9500PC will not be used for an extended period remove the power supply cord from the electrical outlet E Tape tape cassette Use only Brother TZ tapes or Brother Avery AV labels with this machine Do not use tapes that do not have the or mark O Do not pull on the
155. h or extremely low temperatures O Do not put heavy objects on the CD ROM or apply force to the CD ROM El Regarding software use O The software contained on the CD ROM is meant for use with the PT 9500PC only It may be installed on multiple personal computers for use at an office etc Table of Contents A A o Gy Confirming the included accessories ssssssssssssssccccccecscsssssssssssssseseccsesessssssssssseeeees 12 PT 9500PC termis aaa 14 PRODI MICW nn O 14 PRATT A EE E ESE E EEO ETAT AEETI EE E EA E EIRA TRAS 14 Lamp A a e Ed aeaee AN a DI EE E eaa sod vba 15 Preparations before creating labels ccccccssssssssssssssssssoscssssscssesssscscoscnssssosoeseeses 16 Connecting the PT 9500PC 0 se aero e PRENTEK TUA REEN AATTAAS 17 Connecting to the power SOUrCe ssssssssssseseessssssstetreeeessssssteterstssssesttttetssssssetettessessseseteeteesssssereee 17 Connecting to a personal COMPUTER A A AAA 18 Installing the tape cassette lt ciccescedscsseasscestscveesscsaseesessevocnscedsnsvveseescdeseesevabedeassacevecesevedbosses 22 A LAIN E AA E T E E EAE 22 Installing the tape cassete rear IR AN 22 Installing the collection tray 0d id 24 2 Instan tHe ote E a cenit rota 20 Types OF Software Sed A ocean eeusavacetonndenbe TANTA desata 26 Usine WINDOWS c les Abarca ACA E CAS 27 Installation precautions lt scccausastates aso aaa 28 Installing UusIAg ASIC SOU al a 28 Installing P touch Editor Ot a a Ea E aces c
156. hain Printing E Mirror Printing a A ETN o Preview Cancel Print gt O Halftone Color Specify the halftone brightness and contrast Print O 50 0 50 Brightness O Contrast 0 D CA CRA xo Preview Cancel Print gt Printer PT 9500PC aw Presets Standard Halftone Color Halftone O Binary For logo and text Dither For text and graphics Error Diffusion For general labels containing images P touch Editor Numbering When numbering consecutive numbers is set for labels the number that appears in the label can be set to increase by a specified amount on each successive label Print O Printer PT 9500PC iy ka Presets Standard P touch Editor mm Numbering Copies 0 E Restart for Each record Y Keep the Original Value Mm Pere SS us Preview Cancel Print gt Summary The summary of the printing conditions is displayed Print Printer PT 9500PC BE Presets Standard Summary ES Copies amp Pages Copies 1 Collated Page Range All Layout Layout Direction Left Right Top Bottom Pages Per Sheet 1 Border Thickness None Output Options Print to Printer P touch Editor Numbering Copies 0 A Restart for Each Record Off E F Cancel C Print O A f Preview Click Print gt The label will be printed Using the CD ROM User
157. he address below OR credit card holders call toll free 1 888 879 3232 fax completed order form to 1 800 947 1445 or visit our web site at http www brothermall com Please refer to the Accessories listing in your User s Guide for stock no and price Stock Description Quantit Price Stock p y A NASA eee To complete the Order Form 1 Za de Review the reverse side of this form and select the desired items Complete the form above indicating the quantity of each item Total the columns and enter the total on the Supply Accessory Subtotal line Add the appropriate Sales Tax and Shipping Handling Charge Clearly print your name and address in the space below Place your order a Call toll free anytime 1 888 879 3232 b Order on line at www brothermall com c Fax completed form to 1 800 947 1445 d Mail completed form along with proper payment to BROTHER INTERNATIONAL CORP Attn Consumer Accessory Div P O Box 341332 Bartlett TN 38184 1332 Supply Accessory Subtotal AZ CA CO CT FL GA IL LA MA MD MI MN MO NC Nj NV NY OH PA TN TX VA WA WI residents add applicable sales tax Shipping and Handling Options Please choose one e Standard Freight e Continental U S 5 75 Alaska and Hawaii 8 75 GU PR VI 15 75 e 2nd Day Air Freight Continental U S only 8 75 e Overnight Delivery Continental U S only 14 75 TOTAL DUE
158. he following suggestions are recommended when creating printing bar code labels Please verify the bar code readability with your specific bar code scanner Bar codes would be printed on black on white labels The bar code reader may not be able to scan labels created with other substrate colors The bar code width should be set to the largest dimensions possible If the bar code size is too small the bar code reader may not be able to scan the bar code O The entire bar code image including left and right margins must be within the dimensions of the label image area Please note that the foregoing is solely for your information This is not a warranty or representation about the fitness of P touch label printers to print bar code labels or the quality or legibility of bar code labels printed with your P touch label printer Brother and its affiliates specifically disclaim any and all damage loss and liability arising from the use of bar code labels printed by a P touch label printer 107 Changing the P touch settings This section contains the procedures to change the PT 9500PC baud rate and an explanation for doing so ina LAN environment Changing the USB ID mode When multiple PT 9500PCs are used the USB ID mode can be changed to recognize and use each PT 9500PC individually or to recognize all of the PT 9500PCs as a single printer O Recognizing the PT 9500PCs individually If the ID mode see back of machine i
159. he instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected The enclosed interface cable should be used in order to ensure compliance with the limits for a Class B digital device Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help Changes or modifications not expressly approved by Brother Industries Ltd could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Patent numbers and patent publication numbers which are related to this product are as below USP4839742 USP4976558 USP5009530 USP5120147 USP4927278 USP4983058 USP5069557 Brother 90 Days One Year Limited Warranty and Replacement Service For USA Only Who is covered e This limited warranty warranty is given only to the original end use retail purchaser referred to in this warranty as Original Purchaser of the accompanying product consumables and accessories col
160. he software has been installed O If the USB interface cable is connected to a personal computer before the software is installed the following dialog box will appear Click Cancel and then remove the USB interface cable Found New Hardware Wizard Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard This wizard helps you install software for Brother PT 3500PC If your hardware came with an installation CD rdw ap or floppy disk insert it now What do you want the wizard to do Click Next to continue Ga Ke 18 E Connecting to a USB port Insert the plug on the end of the USB Follow the following procedures to connect interface cable into the USB port on the the PT 9500PC to the USB port of a personal back of the PT 9500PC computer running Windows 98 98 SE Me 2000 Pro XP using the Basic setup gt P 28 or to the USB port of a Macintosh ODO lt gt USBID Note O The USB interface cable is connected to a personal computer running Windows while the software is being installed and is connected to a Macintosh after the software has been installed Do not connect the PT 9500PC to a personal computer until instructed to do so Q Y 9 Xn Ga cD 2a Insert the plug on the end of the USB Note interface cable into the USB port on the e When making a USB connection through personal computer a hub a proper connection may not be possible due to the type of hub us
161. i el adaptador de CA se saca de la PT 9500PC mientras sta est encendida porque el soporte del rodillo no se soltar Apague siempre la PT 9500PC antes de quitar el adaptador de CA de la PT 9500PC 21 Instalaci n de la bandeja de recogida Instale la bandeja de recogida La bandeja de recogida se utiliza para recolectar las etiquetas que expulsa la PT 9500PC Utilice la bandeja de recogida por ejemplo cuando se disponga a imprimir muchas etiquetas Monte la bandeja de recogida Instale la bandeja de recogida en la Consulte las ilustraciones que se incluyen PT 9500PC m s abajo para montar la bandeja de recogida Consulte las ilustraciones que se incluyen m s abajo para instalar la bandeja de recogida Q Abra el soporte de la bandeja de recogida bandeja de recogida 22 Instalacion del software En este cap tulo se detallan el procedimiento de instalaci n del software necesario para utilizar la PT 9500PC Tipos de sottware utilizados senaera orreek eere EE a EEEa Ea EET 24 SISTEMAS CON A AATAL OAA E E E E E A E A 25 Sistemas CON MacC OSB 629X local ccoo fe RAR soe lab cca nos 49 Sistemas con Mac OS X 10 1 o posteriOF oooccccccocccccnnccncnncnoncnncncncccnccinicinanos 56 Tipos de software utilizados Para utilizar la PT 9500PC se debe instalar el siguiente software en la computadora personal Consulte las paginas abajo mencionadas para el tipo de sistema operati
162. ial gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Pre installation Summary 60 eo P touch Quick Editor Choose Alias Folder A Introduction Where would you like to create aliases Dock OS 10 1 only A Choose Alias Folder O In the Dock o a o On the Desktop a In your home folder Other Choose Don t create aliases f Pc N Cancel Previous Haga clic sobre Install eo P touch Quick Editor Pre Installation Summary Introduction Please Review the Following Before Continuing Product Name P touch Quick Editor Choose Alias Folder A Pre Installation Summary o Install Folder Bin P touch Quick Editor in the folder Mac OS X on the isk P touch Folder Desktop in the folder kataoka on the disk OSX English Disk Space Information for Installation Target Required 2 641 902 bytes Available 485 531 648 bytes F Cancel gt Previous FI gt Comienza la instalaci n eo P touch Quick Editor Installing P touch Quick Editor xo Installing P touch Quick Editor rsrc A Introduction Choose Alias Folder A Pre Installation Summary A Installing a Enr Al completarse la instalaci n aparece el cuadro de di logo Install Complete O Haga clic sobre Done eo P touch Quick Editor Install Complete A Introduction Congratulations P touch Quick Editor has been successfully Choose Alia
163. ialog box appears and installation of P touch Editor begins InstallShield Wizard Setup Status Brother P touch Editor Version 4 0 Setup is performing the requested operations Searching for installed applications Cancel If P touch Quick Editor is selected in step refer to steps 0 0 in Installing P touch Quick Editor only gt P 36 If P touch AV Editor was selected in step refer to steps 0 0 in Installing P touch AV Editor only gt P 39 gt The User Registration dialog box appears Select Yes display the page and then click Next InstallShield Wizard User Registration OK to display the software registration page No do not display the page A ee When the P touch Editor installation is complete the InstallShield Wizard Complete dialog box appears En Click Finish InstallShield Wizard InstallShield Wizard Complete Setup has finished installing Brother P touch Editor Version 4 0 on your computer gt Installation is complete When installing P touch Quick Editor proceed to Installing P touch Quick Editor only gt P 35 To install P touch AV Editor proceed to Installing P touch AV Editor only gt Pear When creating a label proceed to Creating labels Windows version gt P 71 33 Installin g the Oo ras a 3 Y Installing P touch Editor only Install P touch Edito
164. ick Editor Prefs P touch Quick Editor Prefs E Deleting the printer driver Remove the USB interface cable connected to the PT 9500PC from the Macintosh USB port Double click the drive where the Macintosh operating system is installed In the System Folder open the Extensions folder and delete PT 9500PC and USB PT 9500PC Extension e PT 9500PC USB PT 9500PC Extension In the System Folder open the Preferences folder and delete PT 9500PC Prefs 57 g the Oo ras a 3 a Y Installin Using Mac OS X 10 1 or later Follow the following procedure to install the software on a Macintosh running Mac OS X 10 1 10 2 6 Install the printer driver after installing P touch Editor or P touch Quick Editor E Creating labels with various designs Refer to Installing P touch Editor gt P 58 E Printing labels simply Refer to Installing P touch Quick Editor gt P 61 Double click the Mac OS X folder Installing P touch Editor 180808 P touch e fo MY gt Back View i Computer Home Favorites Applications Install P touch Editor 3 2 to design labels and the printer driver software Note e 9 O When installing the software log on using a user name with administrator authority For Mac OS X 10 1 operation of the P touch Editor Installer may be slow gt The Mac OS X window appears When installing or uninstalling the software select an inpu
165. icrosoft MacTopia O Office for Macintosh E MSN AJOISIH youeas This chapter walks you through the basics you need to know in order to start using P touch Editor We recommend that you go through the examples to become familar with how to use the mouse to create objects and move them around the layout area and how to create your own database Note that this chapter provides only enough information to help you get started More detailed explanations of commands and dialog boxes can be found in Chapter 3 Reference yooqdens J3P 0H ABLA The items for each The explanation for the menu appear selected item appears Note e The CD ROM User s Guide was made to work best with Internet Explorer 4 01 or later The CD ROM User s Guide may not be displayed correctly with other browsers 102 Creating labels using P touch Quick Editor Labels can be created simply using P touch Quick Editor Starting P touch Quick Editor Start P touch Quick Editor E For Mac OS 8 6 9 x Double click the P touch Quick Editor folder in the drive where P touch Quick Editor is installed Double click a If an alias was created double click the alias icon gt P touch Quick Editor starts El For Mac OS X 10 1 or later Double click the Applications folder in the drive where Mac OS X is installed gt The Applications window appears Double click the P touch Quick Editor folder The P touch Quick Editor window
166. ill restart E Connecting to a serial port Note O When installing the PT 9500PC to the serial port of a personal computer running Windows 98 98 SE Me 2000 Pro XP install the printer driver according to following steps Start the personal computer and then insert the CD ROM into the CD ROM drive gt The Brother Setup dialog box appears e It may take a short time until the Brother Setup dialog box appears e Ifthe Brother Setup dialog box does not appear double click the My Computer icon and then double click the P touch icon Select the setup method Basic setup The editing software and the preset printer driver will be installed This option is normally selected Advanced setup gt The software and printer driver will be installed separately The editing software can be installed or the printer driver can be installed updated or removed The dialog box to select the software to install appears E Click the button for Driver Aa Brother Setup Select the components that you want to install P touch Editor P touch Editor 4 will be installed This editing software provides various advanced functions E A for creating a wide variety of labels 2 P touch Quick Editor P touch Quick Editor will be installed This editing software provides various functions for easily creating simple labels P touch AV Editor P touch AV Editor will be installed This editing software provi
167. impresora continuaci n encienda el PC Incluso si conecta al PC una PT 9500PC diferente sta se podr utilizar sin ninguna configuraci n adicional Nota O El interruptor ID USB generalmente se configura en la posici n 2 O Apague la PT 9500PC y el PC Desconecte el cable de interfaz USB de la PT 9500PC y del PC 106 Utilizaci n de varios ordenadores Varios ordenadores personales pueden utilizar la PT 9500PC como una impresora com n Conecte la PT 9500PC a un PC y config rela para su uso com n Al hacerlo varios ordenadores personales de la misma red podr n utilizar la PT 9500PC como impresora de red Esta funci n s lo se puede utilizar en un entorno Windows mas Cable ethernet Cable de interfaz USB o cable de interfaz en serie Nota O Los ajustes para uso com n de la impresora var an en funci n del sistema operativo del PC y del entorno LAN Para obtener m s informaci n consulte el manual mde instrucciones del PC Cambio de la velocidad en baudios La velocidad en baudios de la interfaz en serie se establece en 115 200 bps en la f brica Si utiliza un PC que no es compatible con una velocidad en baudios de 115 200 bps para el puerto en serie cambie la velocidad en baudios de la PT 9500PC a 9 600 bps Nota O Cuando la velocidad en baudios de la PT 9500PC est establecida en 9 600 bps cambie la velocidad en baudios del PC a un valor adecuado Para obtene
168. in ay Cancel Installation progress Check file Copy file Add printer Set registry Copying file Poma Pta rca 41 Installin g the Oo ras a 3 Y 8 Select the Start up the Change Baud Rate Wizard check box and then click Next Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC Installation progress y Check file y Copy file y Add printer Y Set registry Installation is completed In order to change the communication speed baud rate between the PC and the main unit check the options below Click Next IV Start up the Change Baud Rate Wizard The Change Baud Rate Wizard Brother PT 9500PC dialog box appears Select the appropriate Serial Port and then click Next Change Baud Rate Wizard Brother PT 9500PC Change the baud rate Select the port that the P touch is connected to Serial Pott COMI COM1 A dialog box to select the desired baud rate appears 42 40 Select the desired baud rate and then click Next Select 115 200 bps for the serial port baud rate using a personal computer that supports a baud rate of 115 200 bps If the personal computer does not support a serial port baud rate of 115 200 bps select the appropriate baud rate Change Baud Rate Wizard Brother PT 9500PC Select the desired baud rate New Baud Rate 115200 bps Cancel A dialog box to confirm the baud rate settings appears
169. indows NT 4 0 2000 Pro Al instalar el software inicie la sesi n utilizando un nombre de usuario con autoridad de administrador El Sistemas con Windows XP Al instalar el software inicie la sesi n utilizando un nombre de usuario con autoridad de administrador de la computadora 26 Instalaci n mediante la Instalaci n b sica Para permitir que la computadora personal utilice la PT 9500PC instale el P touch Editor 4 0 para dise ar etiquetas y el software del controlador de impresora Instale el P touch Editor y luego instale el controlador de impresora Nota O Dependiendo del sistema operativo que funcione en la computadora personal tal vez sea necesario reiniciar la computadora personal durante la instalaci n Despu s de reiniciar la computadora personal inicie la sesi n utilizando el mismo nombre de usuario y contin e con la instalaci n Nota O Si s lo va a instalar el controlador de impresora consulte Instalaci n del controlador de impresora exclusivamente gt P 37 e En los ejemplos de esta gu a se utilizan los cuadros de di logo de Windows XP Los procedimientos de instalaci n para computadoras personales que funcionan con otros sistemas operativos son b sicamente los mismos Encienda la computadora personal y luego inserte el CD ROM en la unidad de CD ROM gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Brother Setup e Puede transcurrir alg n tiempo hasta que aparezca el c
170. ing O Mirror Printing Select this option to print a mirror image of the data so that the label can be affixed to a window and read from the opposite side For best results use clear tape when this option is selected 89 labels 8 c N Sa lt 7 gt Y 3 O a 9 O O Chain Printing Select this option to leave the printed label in the P touch without feeding it out until the next label is printed This reduces the excess tape from the previous printing session that would normally be fed out before the first label in the current session is printed After the last label is printed press the feed cut button Click OK gt The label will be printed E Exiting P touch AV Editor Perform the operation described below to exit P touch AV Editor e Click gt The P touch AV Editor window closes 90 After printing This section contains the procedures to remove the label backing from the printed label to remove Hold one end of the printed label with Removing the label backing one hand and hold the label stick with the other hand When the backing of a printed label is not cut use the included label stick For labels printed using the Half Cut option peel back the backing from the cut line Insert half of the printed label into the hole in the label stick with the printed side facing up Press the cover release button and open the tape compartment cover T
171. ing environment used E Connecting to a USB port Do not connect the USB interface cable to the personal computer until the software has been installed If the USB interface cable is connected to a personal computer before the software is installed the following dialog box will appear Click Cancel and then remove the USB interface cable Found New Hardware Wizard Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard This wizard helps you install software for Brother PT 3500PC If your hardware came with an installation CD lt 6 or floppy disk insert it now What do you want the wizard to do O Install from a list or specific location Advanced Click Next to continue E Connecting to a serial port When connecting the PT 9500PC to a personal computer using a serial connection connect the PT 9500PC to the personal computer with the serial interface cable before installing the software For details refer to Connecting to a personal computer gt P 18 E Using Windows NT 4 0 2000 Pro When installing the software log on using a user name with administrator authority E Using Windows XP When installing the software log on using a user name with computer administrator authority 28 Installing using basic setup To enable the personal computer to use the PT 9500PC install P touch Editor 4 0 to design labels and the printer driver software Install P touch Editor and then install the prin
172. io extra entre las etiquetas Para expulsar las etiquetas pulse el bot n FEED CUT Mirror printing Se imprime una imagen reflejada de los datos Esto resulta muy c modo para pegar en la superficie interna de vidrios Utilice cinta transparente Print Printer PT 9500PC e Presets Standard ry Tape Setting m Length 2 64 Inch Margin Auto Tape Cut Multi Half Cut Chain Printing E Mirror Printing LA er E y Preview Cancel Print gt O Halftone Color Especifique el semitono el brillo y el contraste Print Printer PT 9500PC E E Presets Standard Halftone Color a Halftone Binary For logo and text Dither For text and graphics Error Diffusion For general labels containing images 50 0 50 Brightness O Contrast 0 y A Preview y f Cancel Print gt O P touch Editor Numbering Cuando se ha definido una numeraci n n meros consecutivos para las etiquetas se puede establecer que el n mero que aparece en la etiqueta aumente en una cantidad concreta en cada etiqueta sucesiva Print Printer PT 9500PC FA Presets Standard la P touch Editor mm Numbering Copies 0 E Restart for Each record Y Keep the Original Value A f Preview Cancel gt O Summary Muestra el resumen de las condiciones de impresi n Print Printer PT 9
173. ion A Choose Alias Folder In the Dock a a On the Desktop a In your home folder Other l Choose Don t create aliases F Cancel gt Previous gt e For Mac OS X 10 2 select a location other than Dock If Dock is clicked and installation continues the alias will not be created in the Dock and the Dock icon will return to the initial settings gt The Pre Installation Summary dialog box appears 62 Click install eo O Click Done eo P touch Quick Editor Pre Installation Summary Introduction Please Review the Following Before Continuing Product Name P touch Quick Editor Choose Alias Folder A Pre Installation Summary B fisy Install Folder Bin P touch Quick Editor in the folder Mac OS X on the isk P touch Folder Desktop in the folder kataoka on the disk OSX English Disk Space Information for Installation Target Required 2 641 902 bytes Available 485 531 648 bytes f Cancel gt Previous FI gt Installation begins eo P touch Quick Editor Installing P touch Quick Editor xo Installing P touch Quick Editor rsrc A Introduction Choose Alias Folder Pre Installation Summary Installing o TE gt When installation is complete the Install Complete dialog box appears P touch Quick Editor Install Complete Introduction Congratulations P t
174. ionados Seleccione Print the selected heading and all subtopics Haga clic sobre OK gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Print Seleccione la impresora que desea utilizar en Select Printer General Options Select Printer BS E Add Printer Brother Brother PT 9500PC XXXXXX Status Ready CJ Print to file Location Comment Find Printer Page Range OA Number of copies i CHREIG O Pages 1 Enter either a single page number or a single page range For example 5 1 e Los contenidos de los archivos de Help no se pueden imprimir en la PT 9500PC Seleccione una impresora normal que utilice el tama o carta o tama os de papel m s grandes e Dependiendo del tipo de sistema operativo en funcionamiento en el PC los cuadros de di logo que se visualizan pueden ser diferentes Haga clic sobre Print Se imprimir la informaci n en el archivo Help 17 uetas Creaci n de et Iq os Version para Windows Creacion de otros tipos de etiquetas Se incluyen ejemplos de creaci n de las diferentes etiquetas enumeradas a continuaci n en Description of operations en P touch Editor Help Creaci n de r tulos Creaci n de etique tas de cajas de CD Impresi n utili zando la funci n de numeraci n n me ros consecutivos Creaci n de etique tas Creaci n de etique tas para n meros de tel fonos internos Creaci
175. ious symbols Set up a bar code Symbol Bar Code O Make Picture O Decorative Frame Assemble different elements to create an BO Add a decorative frame illustration gt a Y i E Ve Decorative Make Picture 5 S Frame O Date and Time O Table Display the date time on the label Create a table AA Date and Time Table O Calendar O Image Display a part of a calendar on the label Retrieve a saved image cy Calendar Image E 75 76 Creating a name badge This section contains the procedures to create a nametag O Start P touch Editor O al gt The page properties box appears Set the tape length to 3 inches Normal Format J x Jalpa 3 are 58 O Set the tape width to 1 2 inch Normal Format v a x TEE O Type the name r A AS Robe Fox 3 a OA O DdD LL LL DUIO O Click 3 in the text properties box The text is c entered rr RR i ___Robert Fox PILLALAR LLLA SES O C l ick Decorative in the object dock Frame gt The Frame Property dialog box appears Select the Category and Style In this example Simple is selected for Category and a rounded rectangular frame thin line is selected for Style Frame Properties Click OK gt The label layout will be Robert Fox If the print properties box is not displayed click 3 in the property dock gt The print properties box appears Click
176. ites Applications Z gt P touch Editor3 2 Installer User s Guide a Read Me Comienza el instalador O Haga clic sobre Next eo P touch Editor 3 2 Introduction A Introduction InstallAnywhere will guide you through the installation of P touch o Editor 3 2 s It is strongly recommended that you quit all programs before a continuing with this installation a A m Click the Next button to proceed to the next screen If you want to change something on a previous screen click the Previous button You may cancel this installation at any time by clicking the Cancel button gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Important Information O Haga clic sobre Next Cancel Previou Ga eo P touch Editor 3 2 Important Information Introduction Please Read Before Continuing Precautions if the previous version of the software is installe If the software is being upgraded from the previous version the previous version must be uninstalled before this version is installed Follow the procedure below to remove the previous version of the software The following uninstallation procedure is also described in the ReadMe file and in the User s Guide To unisntall the P touch Editor 3 2 software 1 Double click the Applications folder on the Macintosh HD to open it 2 Double click the P touch Editor 3 2 folder to open it 3 Double click the Uninstall P
177. itor 3 2 3 Driver Installer pkg Utility Note O When installing the software log on using a user name with administrator authority O For Mac OS X 10 1 operation of the P touch Editor Installer may be slow When installing or uninstalling the software select an input method other gt The P touch Quick Editor window appears Double click the Quick Editor Installer than Japanese such as U S from the icon E Keyboard Menu Press the spacebar while 576 Se PS holding down the Command key to omo ete A ES change the input method Back ii Computer Home Favorites Applications 2 S Quick Editor Installer Start the Macintosh and then insert the gt CD ROM into the CD ROM drive ul gt The P touch CD ROM icon appears gt The Installer starts O Click Next eo O Double click the P touch icon P touch Quick Editor P touch Introduction A Introduction InstallAnywhere will guide you through the installation of P touch m Quick Editor It is strongly recommended that you quit all programs before a gt The P tou C h WI ndow appears a continuing with this installation o Click the Next button to proceed to the next screen If you want to change something on a previous screen click the Previous button You may cancel this installation at any time by clicking the Cancel button Double click the Mac OS X folder r 0600 P touch e om MY A Back View
178. k Browser Note Pad Recent Applications gt ip Remote Access Status Scrapbook FP Sherlock 4 SimpleSound gt The Chooser window appears O Select PT 9500PC a Chooser B Connect to PT 9500PC Active AppleTalk A O Inactive 7 6 2 Close the Chooser window A confirmation message appears O Click OK You have changed your current printer Please choose Page Setup in all of the open applications gt The PT 9500PC can now be used as the printer Proceed to Creating labels Macintosh version gt P 93 56 Uninstalling the software If the PT 9500PC will no longer be used with the Macintosh follow the following steps to uninstall the software E Uninstalling P touch Editor Double click the drive where P touch Editor is installed 2 Delete the P touch Editor 3 2 folder Double click the drive where the Macintosh operating system is installed In the System Folder open the Preferences folder and delete P touch Editor 3 2 Prefs aa 2 P touch E Uninstalling P touch Quick Editor Double click the drive where P touch Quick Editor is installed Delete the P touch Quick Editor folder Double click the drive where the Macintosh operating system is installed In the System Folder open the Preferences folder and delete P touch Qu
179. k Editor a A mm E A y esta instalado Mac OS X rm pan Y 000 3 Macintosh HD el Uninstall Quick Editor mm MY A Back View Computer Home Favorites Applications A E PA di gt Com lenza u l nstal Anywhere oe Uninstaller Library A A Haga clic sobre Uninstall System Temporary Items eo InstallAnywhere Uninstaller 1 Uninstall P touch Quick Editor Introduction About to uninstall Q SS x P touch Quick Editor c v This will completely remove all components installed by Je far n InstallAnywhere It will not remove files and folders created a gt Aparece la ventana Applications after the installation T Oo S Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta P touch Quick Editor e00 A Applications E oro E AO A CERA Back View i Computer Home Favorites Applications a 3 YO P touch Editor 3 2 Acrobat Reader 5 0 Address Book _ jis Se elimina el software A i gt AppleScript Calculator Chess q E pe o InstallAnywhere Uninstaller E le e Uninstall P touch Quick Editor Clock Image Capture iMovie Introduction Please wait while InstallAnywhere s uninstaller nA A Uninstalling removes the following components iTunes em Folders Preview Aparece la ventana P touch Quick Ed ito r Library Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta Uninstal Quick Editor Al completarse la desinstalaci n 000 E apa
180. l agua pueden verse a trav s una etiqueta pegada sobre ellas Para ocultar las marcas utilice dos etiquetas superpuestas o utilice una etiqueta de color oscuro O No utilice casetes de cinta vac os O No exponga los casetes de cinta directamente a la luz del sol a condiciones de altas temperaturas y humedad o a concentraciones de polvo Gu rdelos en un lugar fresco y oscuro Utilice los casetes de cinta apenas abiertos O Tenga en cuenta que Brother Co Ltd no se responsabiliza por ning n da o etc que pueda resultar del incumplimiento de las precauciones descritas e Avery es una marca comercial registrada de AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION E CD ROM O No raye el CD ROM O No someta el CD ROM a temperaturas extremadamente altas ni extremadamente bajas O No ponga objetos pesados sobre el CD ROM ni lo someta a presiones E Con respecto al uso del software O El software contenido en el CD ROM est destinado exclusivamente para su uso con la PT 9500PC Puede ser instalado en varias computadoras personales para su empleo en oficinas etc 1 Informaci n previa al uso POCOCOCOOCOOILOOILOCOOILOLIOOCOOIOIIOIICOOIOILOCOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOIOOOOOOIOC OOIOCIiIOCO 0O O 9 Confirmaci n de los accesorios incluidos ccccsccscsscsccscesceccsccscscceccscescescesceccsccscesecces 10 T rminos relacionados con la PT 9500PC sccsscsccscsscsccsccscescsccsccscescsccscescsccscescesecces 12 VISTO tii EOE o led enero io AA 12 WEST A D
181. la IMpresi n iii 102 ot SINO Creaci n de etiquetas de c digos de barras ooonnnuononococcnnnononoonononanacacocaconcnncanananacannonos 104 Resumen de COCIGOS de paras abars isena asap IN BERRAR Da iss aD 104 Precauciones para la impresi n de las etiquetas de c digo de barras ccccoooonocococccocnnonaoanananonnncnnnns 105 Cambio de los ajustes del P touch csssscccsssssccccessscccesssccccessccccesccceecssccceeessccceeess 106 Cambio del Modo USD da oleadas trineos 106 Utilizaci n de varios ordenadores ita iy oa vaweeasscashat ieee OED DE a De Dec ada 107 Cambio de la velocidad en baudios sis ssiccscaaaeadeacecdeaneacaparauuiaeoanes evesosnanebeddce tee ED DE sasaiscuaadeuuvansesdes 107 Mantenimiento ai A DADE Ta AR eee eee 108 La etiqueta no se imprime claramente cdt 108 Limpleza del condor cs ta Ora ass 110 Soluci n de problemas i tee avwenteden dich ccieneeeebeseabeibasetoens 112 A a dns E TESES ERE EO EEES E AS 112 Especificaciones del producto vecina e ae osos cocos 114 O a a UU IA OS TUS E E ta A RAEE IO 114 Entorno Operativo sisser iiano aa iinan a 115 Accesorios solo para EE UU a einen ndice alfab tico Informaci n de contacto s lo para EEUU ccncccnnonnonononocacccnnnnocnnnonocononananococccncnonononos Informacion previa al uso Este capitulo contiene informacion que debe ser confirmada antes de utilizar la PT 9500PC Confirmaci n de los accesorios incluidos cssscccc
182. la ventana Input Symbol Seleccione un s mbolo Seleccione un nombre de fuente en la lista desplegable de fuentes Symbol y luego seleccione el s mbolo en Symbol List Input Symbol Symbol Font PT Dingbats 1 y Symbol List GJ a a Haga clic sobre OK gt El s mbolo seleccionado aparece en el cuadro de texto Length 1 93 Width 1 le le e S lo se puede insertar un s mbolo en la etiqueta Si un s mbolo ya se ha insertado en la etiqueta se reemplazar por el s mbolo recientemente seleccionado 82 E Cambio de color del fondo Se puede cambiar el color del fondo en el cuadro de texto Haga clic con el bot n derecho sobre el cuadro de texto y luego apunte a Background Color Seleccione el color que desea utilizar entre los colores disponibles Para usar un color que no aparece en la lista de colores disponibles haga clic sobre User Settings Seleccione el color que desee entre los colores b sicos o cree un color personalizado y luego haga clic Li Length 1 06 DB EA te a Width 1 aj Print gt view Text History View Properties Symbols gt Background Color gt Options Help Exit User Settings E Cambio en la organizaci n del cuadro de texto Se pueden cambiar la organizaci n del cuadro de texto Haga clic sobre B Cada vez que se hace clic sobre B la alineaci n cambia seg
183. lado para la importaci n O Auto Cut Las etiquetas impresas se cortan y luego se os N o E a E e on Sa D gt Creaci n de et Haga clic con el bot n derecho sobre la expulsan O Half Cut S lo se corta la cinta de la etiqueta sin cortar la hoja de respaldo lo que hace m s f cil quitar la hoja de respaldo de la etiqueta O Mirror Printing Se imprime una imagen reflejada de los datos Esto resulta muy c modo para pegar en la superficie interna de vidrios Utilice cinta transparente O Chain Printing La etiqueta impresa se mantendr en la impresora sin ser expulsada hasta que se imprima la etiqueta siguiente No se inserta espacio extra entre las etiquetas Para expulsar las etiquetas pulse el bot n FEED CUT Haga clic sobre OK Se imprimir la etiqueta ventana de P touch Quick Editor y luego haga clic en Options en el men que aparece gt Se abre el cuadro de di logo Options Options Import Alt Right click C Ctrl Right click C Shift Right click OK Cancel Lok Seleccione las teclas de importaci n que desee y haga clic sobre OK O Importaci n de texto desde una aplicaci n diferente Seleccione el texto que desee en la otra aplicaci n Presione las teclas de m todo abreviado que desee o arrastre el texto de la otra aplicaci n hasta la etiqueta 83 Creaci n de etiquetas utilizando P touch AV Edito
184. lation of this software may impair or destabilize the correct operation of your system either immediately or in the future Microsoft strongly recommends that you stop this installation now and contact the hardware vendor for software that has passed Windows Logo testing Continue Anyway J STOP Installation e Este software no tiene problemas de compatibilidad y se puede utilizar con Windows XP gt Comienza la instalaci n del controlador Copying Files PT95 HLP To C WINDOWS System32 spo brotherpt_9500pec211 Cancel Al completarse la instalaci n Si seleccion P touch AV Editor en el aparece el cuadro de di logo paso consulte los pasos de Completing the Found New Instalaci n de P touch AV Editor Hardware Wizard exclusivamente gt P 37 gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo User Registration Y Haga clic sobre Finish Found New Hardware Wizard Completing the Found New e o dei Seleccione Yes display the page y a The wizard has finished installing the software for conti n u ac i 6 n h aga cl ic sob re N ext a Brother PT 9500PC E InstallShield Wizard User Registration OK to display the software registration page No do not display the page Click Finish to close the wizard eo gt Aparece nuevamente el cuadro de di logo Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC D oder o os os s SF DN a o
185. lectively referred to in this warranty as this Product e f you purchased a product from someone other than an authorized Brother reseller in the United States or if the product was used including but not limited to floor models or refurbished product prior to your purchase you are not the Original Purchaser and the product that you purchased is not covered by this warranty What is covered e This Product includes a Machine and Consumable and Accessory Items Consumable and Accessory Items include but are not limited to label cassettes cutters stamps power adapters cases and batteries e Except as otherwise provided herein Brother warrants that the Machine and the accompanying Consumable and Accessory Items will be free from_defects in materials and workmanship when used under normal conditions e This warranty applies only to products purchased and used in the United States For products purchased in but used outside the United States this warranty covers only warranty service within the United States and does not include shipping outside the United States What is the length of the Warranty Period s e Machines have a two stage warranty 90 days from the original purchase date and an additional warranty up to one year from the original purchase date e Consumable and Accessories Items accompanying the Machine have a one stage warranty 90 Days from the original purchase date What is
186. lic sobre Install eo P touch Editor 3 2 Pre Installation Summary A Introduction Please Review the Following Before Continuing Product Name P touch Editor 3 2 Choose Product Features Choose Alias Folder A Prezinstallation Summary Install Folder y i ES A bone A e P touch Editor 3 2 in the folder Mac OS X on the disk sao pntabemdez s P touch o ias Folder Desktop in the folder kataoka on the disk OSX English Disk Space Information for installation Target gt La instalaci n del P touch Editor se Avaliable 501 534 720 byte vailable f ytes h a completado Contin e con Instalaci n del controlador EETA 6 de impresora gt P 61 gt Comienza la instalaci n 58 Instalacion de P touch Quick Editor Instale P touch Quick Editor para imprimir etiquetas utilizando operaciones simples Nota O Al instalar el software reg strese utilizando un nombre de usuario con autoridad de administrador O Para Mac OS X 10 1 el funcionamiento de P touch Editor Installer puede ser lento Al instalar o desinstalar el software seleccione un m todo de entrada que no sea japon s por ejemplo espa ol utilizando el men del teclado Pulse la barra de espacio mientras mantiene pulsada la tecla de comando para modificar el m todo de entrada Encienda la Macintosh y luego inserte el CD ROM en la unidad de CD ROM gt Aparece el icono P t
187. lija una opci n e Flete normal e Territorio continental de EEUU 5 75 Alaska y Hawaii 8 75 GU PR VI 15 75 e Flete a reo 48 horas S lo en territorio continental de EEUU 8 75 e Entrega al d a siguiente S lo en territorio continental de EEUU 14 75 TOTAL A PAGAR No se admiten pedidos contra reembolso M todo de abono marque uno Visa Master Card Discover Tal n Giro postal American Express Numero de cuenta Fecha de caducidad Firma Direcci n de facturaci n si es distinta de la direcci n de env o indicada a la izquierda Printed in China LN2975001
188. ling Charge Clearly print your name and address in the space below Place your order a Call toll free anytime 1 888 879 3232 b Order on line at www brothermall com c Fax completed form to 1 800 947 1445 d Mail completed form along with proper payment to BROTHER INTERNATIONAL CORP Attn Consumer Accessory Div P O Box 341332 Bartlett TN 38184 1332 Supply Accessory Subtotal AZ CA CO CT FL GA IL LA MA MD MI MN MO NC Nj NV NY OH PA TN TX VA WA WI residents add applicable sales tax Shipping and Handling Options Please choose one e Standard Freight e Continental U S 5 75 Alaska and Hawaii 8 75 GU PR VI 15 75 e 2nd Day Air Freight Continental U S only 8 75 e Overnight Delivery Continental U S only 14 75 TOTAL DUE No C O D orders Method of Payment check one Name Visa Master Card Discover Address Check Money Order American Express City State Account Number Zip Expiration Date Daytime Phone Daytime Fax Email Your Model Number Prices subject to change without notice All prices quoted in US Dollars Signature Billing Address if different from shipping address at left P TOUCH ACCESSORY ORDER FORM for usa only Dear Customer This order form is provided for your convenience should your retailer not stock the item s needed To order by mail send this completed form along with proper payment to t
189. lled updated or removed gt Aparece un cuadro de di logo en el que puede seleccionar el software que desea instalar 35 O o c 2 O S 9 Jano 7p c sP i a 3 o Y Haga clic sobre el bot n correspondiente a P touch AV Editor a Brother Setup Select the components that you want to install r P touch Editor P touch Editor 4 will be installed This editing software provides various advanced functions for creating a wide variety of labels E Ftouch Quick Editor P touch Quick Editor will be installed This editing software provides various functions for easily creating simple labels r P touch AV Editor P touch AV Editor will be installed This editing software provides various functions for easily creating Avery labels r Driver The printer driver will be installed updated or removed Comienza la preparaci n para la instalaci n P touch AV Editor Setup is preparing the InstallShield Wizard which will guide you through the rest of the setup process Please wait 100 Cuando la preparaci n se ha completado aparece el cuadro de di logo Welcome Lea el contenido y a continuaci n haga clic sobre Next Welcome Welcome to the P touch AV Editor Setup program This program will install P touch AV Editor on your i computer It is strongly recommended that you exit all Windows programs before running this
190. ls using P touch AV Editor Using P touch AV Editor text can be quickly and easily entered and formatted for any of the three preset label formats for AV labels AV2067 address labels AV1957 return address labels and AV1789 file folder labels Note e Dialog boxes from Windows XP are mainly used in this chapter as examples Starting P touch AV Editor a Start up P touch AV Editor as described below E For Windows XP On the taskbar click the Start button point to All Programs and then click P touch AV Editor Administrator e Internet 1 gt My Documents Internet Explorer TA Activate Windows A E mail w Windows Catalog 3 Outlook Express Windows Update a MSN Explorer Accessories GA Games Windows Media Playa I Startup Q Windows Movie Makd Internet Explorer M MSN Explorer Tour Windows XP a Outlook Express pe Remote Assistance O windows Media Player Pp Files and Settings Tr Wizard 3 Windows Messenger A P touch Editor 4 0 Vv Paint AY P touch AY Editor TAO 4 P touch Quick Editor A Log Off g Shut Down E For Windows 98 98 SE Me 2000 Pro On the taskbar click the Start button point to Programs and then click P touch AV Editor 31 New Office Document Norton SystemWorks au lag Open Office Document he Windows Update El WinZip ogram gt A Accessories P touch Editor 3 2 Microsoft Outlo
191. mon options The following feature is installed Cancel gt The Install Driver dialog box appears Select Yes install the printer driver and then click Next InstallShield Wizard Install Driver OK to install the printer driver he printer driver later E ancel If P touch Quick Editor was selected in step 6 the following Question dialog box appears Click Yes If P touch AV Editor was selected in step O the following Question dialog box appears Click Yes g the Question Installin OK to install the printer driver When connecting to a personal computer running Windows 95 NT 4 0 proceed to step 5 in the Connecting to a serial port section of Installing the printer driver only gt P 41 gt The Confirmation dialog box appears Confirm the contents and then click OK Confirmation IMPORTANT This printer driver has passed compatibility tests IF your hardware wizard displays a warning message please select Continue Anyway to complete the software installation e This dialog box may not appear depending on the operating system running on the personal computer The Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC dialog box appears 31 Oo ras a 3 Y 13 Click Next Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC The following driver will be set up Brother PT 9500PC Warning Do not connect or turn on the Brother PT 9500PC
192. move the CD ROM from the CD ROM drive Select Yes want to restart my computer now and then click Finish Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC Driver installation is completed Specify an output port for printng after the setup is completed It cannot be used without setup Before you can use the printer you must restart the computer C No will restart my computer later Remove any disks from their drives and then click Finish to complete setup gt Installation of the printer driver is complete and the personal computer will restart 40 Set up the PS 9000 print server For PS 9000 setup refer to the instruction manual for the PS 9000 print server Setting the personal computer and PT 9500PC baud rate Follow the following steps to change or confirm the baud rate for the personal computer and the PT 9500PC The following procedure is shown based on Windows XP On the taskbar click the Start button and then click Control Panel Control Panel appears O For Windows 95 98 98SE Me NT 4 0 2000 Pro On the taskbar click the Start button point to Settings click Control Panel and then double click the Printer icon Proceed to step O File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back QSearch Ly Folders BHistoy S GS X A Edy Address E Printer Po Printers This folder contains information about printers that are currently ins
193. mple labels P touch AV Editor P touch AV Editor will be installed This editing software provides various functions for easily AA creating Avery labels Driver The printer driver will be installed updated or removed Back Close Aparece el cuadro de di logo Driver Setup Haga clic sobre USB cable y luego haga clic sobre OK Driver Setup Driver will be installed Connection Method e Connect to pour PC with a USB cable C Serial cable Connect to your PC with a Serial cable Network Connectior Install a driver for printing at printers on a network gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Confirmation 6 Siga las instrucciones de cada cuadro de di logo y comience la instalaci n Consulte los pasos BE O de Instalaci n mediante la Instalaci n b sica gt P 29 gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC 38 Haga clic sobre Yes want to restart my computer now y luego haga clic sobre Finish Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC Brother PT 9500PC was correctly added In order for the changes to become effective the computer must be restarted No restart later Click Finish to quit setup gt La instalaci n del controlador de impresora se ha completado y la computadora personal se reiniciar E Conexi n a un puerto en serie Nota O Cuando instale la PT 9500PC al puerto en serie de una compu
194. mpletely remove P touch Quick Editor and all of its components The software is deleted O P touch AV Editor jJ re you sure you want to completely remove P touch Av Editor and all of its components Printer is no longer used Delete the PT 9500PC printer driver To delete the PT 9500PC select P touch 9500PC from the Printer window in Control Panel Printers and Faxes for Windows XP and delete To completely delete the printer driver follow the following steps Turn off the PT 9500PC and remove the interface cable from the personal computer O Insert the CD ROM into the CD ROM drive gt The Brother Setup dialog box appears e It may take a short time until the Brother Setup dialog box appears e ifthe Brother Setup dialog box does not appear double click the My Computer icon and then double click the P touch icon Click the button for Advanced setup a Brother Setup Basic setup The editing software and the preset printer driver will be installed This option is normally selected r Advanced setup The software and printer driver will be installed separately The editing software can be installed or the printer driver i Select the setup method f can be installed updated or removed The dialog box to select the software to install appears O Click the button for Driver Aa Brother Setup Select the components that you want to i
195. n el men desplegable que aparece 86 El Importaci n de texto P touch AV Editor se puede configurar de forma que sea posible importar texto de diferentes aplicaciones en la etiqueta O Especificaci n del m todo abreviado de teclado para la importaci n Haga clic con el bot n derecho sobre la ventana de P touch AV Editor y luego haga clic en Options en el men que aparece gt Se abre el cuadro de di logo Options Options Import Method Alt Right click C Ctrl Right click C Shift Right click Cancel Seleccione las teclas de importaci n que desee y haga clic sobre OK O Importaci n de texto desde una aplicaci n diferente Seleccione el texto que desee en la otra aplicaci n Presione las teclas de m todo abreviado que desee o arrastre el texto de la otra aplicaci n hasta la etiqueta E Utilizaci n del historial de texto Diez de los textos que se han imprimido m s recientemente se almacenan para su uso futuro Para agregar f cilmente a la etiqueta un texto que se ha usado con anterioridad selecci nelo en la lista del historial de texto Haga clic sobre 2 gt Aparece la lista del historial de texto E Seleccione el texto que desea utilizar AV2067 Address Ed gt foe arial A ABC IMPORT EXPORT R 3 j EZ BIT dea text History gt El texto seleccionado aparece en el cuadro de texto ABC IMPORT EXPORT R Becker 29 South Main St Los An
196. n de la velocidad en baudios de la computadora personal y la PT 9500PC gt P 43 y cambie la velocidad en baudios a 57 600 bps o 9 600 bps Consulte Limpieza del cortador gt P 110 y limpie el cortador 113 o SS O a lt Especificaciones del producto PT 9500PC Elemento Pantalla Impresi n Botones Interfaz Fuente de energ a Consumo de energ a Medidas Cortador 114 Especificaci n Indicadores DEL verde rojo gt Impresi n laminada con transferencia de calor M todo de impresi n impresi n t rmica Cabezal de impresi n 360 ppp 384 puntos Resoluci n de z Para casetes de cinta TZ 360 ppp impresi n Velocidad de impresi n Para casetes de cinta TZ Hasta 20 mm seg Ancho de impresi n a m ximo Bot n de encendido Bot n FEED CUT Serie RS 232C USB compatible con USB 1 1 CA 120V 60 Hz adaptador de CA modelo AD 9000 Aprox 30 W durante la impresi n 4 1 2 an x 7 1 2 prof x 5 al 116 an x189 6 prof x127 al mm Aprox 2 6 lb 1 2 kg Cortador autom tico completo cortador autom tico medio Entorno operativo Elemento Especificaci n Para una conexi n en serie Windows 95 2 98 98 SE Me NT 4 0 2 2000 Pro XP Dispositivo preinstalado l ne ES le RS 232 IBM PC o PC compati Dispositivo de preparaci n de puerto en serie RS 232C ble Sistema Opera Para una conexi n USB tivo Windows 98 98 S
197. n el orden centrado a la derecha y a la izquierda Nota O Si se hace clic sobre cuando la barra de herramientas y el cuadro de texto est n separados se unen E Impresi n de etiquetas Establezca las condiciones de impresi n e imprima la etiqueta O Haga clic sobre F de 7 gt Aparece el cuadro de la lista desplegable 2 Seleccione Print Options a e Length 1 06 S Z a5 f Width 1 Bl E Print Print Options Printer Setup Sas Aparece el cuadro de di logo Print E Establezca las condiciones de impresi n Options IV Auto Cut MV Half Cut Mirror Printing I Chain Printing El Minimizaci n de P touch Quick Editor Haga clic sobre Se quita P touch Quick Editor del escritorio y se reduce a un bot n en la barra de tareas Haga clic sobre FA en la barra de tareas para visualizar P touch Quick Editor en el escritorio E Salida de P touch Quick Editor Salga de P touch Quick Editor Haga clic con el bot n derecho sobre la barra de herramientas o en el cuadro de texto y luego seleccione Exit Length 1 06 s Hide Bl Options Help gt La ventana P touch Quick Editor se cierra El Importaci n de texto S lo para Windows e P touch Quick Editor se puede configurar de forma que sea posible importar texto de diferentes aplicaciones en la etiqueta uetas Iq O Especificaci n del m todo abreviado de tec
198. n la parte trasera de la PT 9500PC ODO USBID No Inserte la clavija del extremo del cable de interfaz en serie en el puerto en serie de la computadora personal e La ubicaci n y la forma del puerto en serie var an seg n la computadora personal Para obtener m s informaci n consulte el manual de instrucciones de la computadora personal Presione el bot n de encendido de la PT 9500PC Bot n de encendido Se iluminar el bot n de encendido verde O Encienda la computadora Nota O Para utilizar la PT 9500PC se debe instalar el software en la computadora personal Consulte Instalaci n del software gt P 23 19 previa O N gt T c Q 3 3 Xn S om Instalaci n del casete de cinta En esta secci n se describen los tipos de casetes de cinta que se pueden utilizar con la PT 9500PC y se explica el procedimiento para instalarlos Cinta autorizada A continuaci n se enumeran los tipos de cinta que se pueden utilizar con la PT 9500PC E Casetes TZ O Cinta laminada est ndar O Cinta adhesiva extrafuerte laminada O Cinta de ID flexible laminada O Cinta indicadora de alteraciones laminada O Cinta de tela para transferencia con plancha no laminada E Etiquetas AV Note O Para obtener m s informaci n acerca de las cintas consulte Accesorios gt P 116 20 Instalaci n del casete de cinta En esta secci n s
199. narse cual es el estado de la PT 9500PC por la lampara del bot6n de encendido verde y la l mpara de ERROR roja Estado de la l mpara previa Bot n de L mpara de Estado Soluci n encendido verde ERROR roja Estado en espera de la Recibiendo datos Instale el casete de cinta y cierre la No hay casete de cinta cubierta del compartimiento de la cinta Parpadeando Encendida Recibiendo datos O N gt ee e 3 E SN 2 La cubierta del compartimiento de la cinta est abierta ce PT 9500PC est Instale el casete de cinta y cierre la No hay casete de cinta cubierta del compartimiento de la cinta Encendida Encendida Mientras la PT 9500PC est en espera La cubierta del Cierre la cubierta compartimiento de la cinta est abierta Cierre la cubierta Durante la impresi n Instale el casete de cinta correcto y No hay casete de cinta cierre la cubierta del compartimiento de Casete de cinta incorrecto la cinta Durante la impresi n La cubierta del compartimiento de la cinta Cierre la cubierta Encendida Parpadeando est abierta Instale un casete de cinta que tenga Casete de cinta vac o cinta y cierre la cubierta del compartimiento de la cinta La PT 9500PC volver a estar en espera Error en Error en el cortador cortador Compruebe que la cinta no est Soene oe en la PT 9500PC Si es necesario apague la PT 9500PC y Parpadeandoa vuelva a encenderla Encendida intervalo
200. nd Color Select the color you want to use from the available colors To use a color not displayed in the available colors list click User Settings Select the color you want from the basic colors or create a custom color and then click OK E 10 As Length 1 06 l 0 Aa Width 1 a Print View Text History View Properties y vvv v Symbols Background Color gt Options Help Exit User Settings E Changing the label view arrangement The label view arrangement can be changed O Click oO Each time _ is clicked the alignment changes in the order center arrangement right arrangement and left arrangement Note if is clicked when the toolbar and the label view are separated they will be joined E Label printing Specify the printing options and print the label Click of 7 gt The drop down list box appears 2 Select Print Options Length 1 06 s Width 1 al gt The Print dialog box appears E Specify the printing options O Auto Cut The printed labels are cut and then ejected O Half Cut Only the label tape is cut without cutting the backing making it easier to remove the label backing O Mirror printing A mirror image of the data is printed This is very convenient for affixing to the inner surface of glass Use clear tape O Chain Printing The printed label will remain in the printer without being ejected
201. nds Multiple Launderings Stock No Description TZFA3 Navy Blue on White 1 2 12 mm Print Head Cleaning Cassettes Maintains and Restores Print Quality Stock No Description TZCL6 1 1 2 36 mm approx 100 uses E Laminated Tapes 1 1 2 36 mm wide laminated tapes Stock No Description Price 1Z161 Black on Clear 27 99 1Z261 Black on White 27 99 TZ661 Black on Yellow 27 99 1 24 mm wide laminated tapes Stock No Description Price All tapes are 26 2 long unless otherwise noted 119 3 4 18 mm wide laminated tapes Stock No Description Price rz rZwoat TZWss wT 1 2 12 mm wide laminated tapes Stock No Description Price 3 8 9 mm wide laminated tapes Stock No Description Price TZ121 Black on Clear 14 99 TZ221 Black on White 16 99 TZ325 White on Black 18 99 TZ421 Black on Red 16 99 All tapes are 26 2 long unless otherwise noted 120 1 4 6 mm wide laminated tapes Stock No Description Price 1Z111 Black on Clear 12 99 1Z211 Black on White 14 99 1Z315 White on Black 17 99 All tapes are 26 2 long unless otherwise noted E Options Stock No Description For Use With There are 4 easy ways to order directly from Brother 1 Call us Toll Free at 1 888 879 3232 and use a major credit card 2 Visit us online at www brothermall com and use a major credit card 3 Complete the order form on the later and fax it t
202. nected In this case use a commercially available adapter O Macintosh computers cannot be connected to the serial port of the PT 9500PC Prepare the included serial interface cable Connect to PT 9500PC serial port Connect to personal computer serial port 20 Make sure that both the PT 9500PC and the personal computer are turned off If the power is on turn them off Insert the plug on the end of the serial interface cable into the serial port on the back of the PT 9500PC ODO gt USBID Insert the plug on the end of the serial interface cable into the serial port on the personal computer e The location and shape of the serial port varies according to the personal computer For details refer to the instruction manual for the personal computer Press the power button on the PT 9500PC Power button The power button will light green O Turn on the computer Note O To use the PT 9500PC the software must be installed on the personal computer Proceed to Installing the software gt p 25 21 o lt 2 gt o dn e q O aa Installing the tape cassette This section lists the types of tape that may be used with the PT 9500PC and explains the procedures to install the tape cassettes Authorized tape The types of tape that may be used with the PT 9500PC are listed below E TZ Tapes O Standard Laminated Tape O Extra Strength
203. not support the initial baud rate setting 115 200 bps of the PT 9500PC Refer to Changing the baud rate gt P 109 After changing the baud rate refer to Setting the personal computer and PT 9500PC baud rate gt P 45 and change the baud rate to 57 600 bps or 9 600 bps The personal computer does not support the initial baud rate setting 115 200 bps of the PT 9500PC After the labels are cut they are not ejected from the PT 9500PC correctly Refer to Cleaning the cutter gt P 112 The cutter blade is dirty and clean the cutter 115 Product specifications PT 9500PC Interface Power source Power consumption Measurements Weight Cutter 116 Specification LED lamps green red Printing method Heat transfer laminated printing thermal printing Print head 360 dpi 384 dot Print resolution For TZ tape cassettes 360 dpi Printing speed For TZ tape cassettes Up to 3 4 sec 20 mm sec Maximum printing width 27 1 mm Power button Feed cut button Serial RS 232C USB USB 1 1 compliant AC 120 V 60 Hz AC adapter model AD 9000 Approx 30 W during printing 4 1 2 W x 7 1 2 D x 5 H 116 W x 189 6 D x 127 H mm Approx 2 6 lb 1 2 kg Auto full cutter auto half cutter Operating environment Specification For a serial connection Windows 95 2 98 98 SE Me NT 4 0 2 2000 Pro XP Pre installed device IBM PC or compatible Serial RS 232C port
204. nstalador e Si no se selecciona la instalaci n personalizada se instalar n todos los programas Se requiere aproximadamente 20 MB de espacio disponible en el disco duro 51 gt Comienza la instalaci n i Quick Editor Installing file PT 9500PC US HHHHHHHHHHHEHH a P touch Quick Editor ERRE P touch Quick Editor is an application that allows you to create labels quickly and easily Start up the installer and then follow the messages that appear System Requirements Computer Macintosh computer with Power PC processor Operating system Mac OS 8 6 or later Available memory Minimum 24MB Available hard disk space Minimum 20MB This software is only compatible with Mac O8 X classic Files to install 3 Drive Install i Eject j Custom Install Apple and Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple Computer Inc Y gt Cuando se completa la instalaci n aparece el mensaje Installation is done O Haga clic sobre Quit g Installation is done Click QUIT to leave the installer Click CONTINUE to perform additional installations Continue O Haga clic sobre Restart is Please restart your Macintosh before using any of the installed ite gt La instalaci n de P touch Quick Editor se ha completado y la Macintosh se reiniciara Una vez que la Macintosh se reinicie conecte la PT 9500PC a la Macintosh con el cable de in
205. nstall P touch Editor P touch Editor 4 will be installed This editing software provides various advanced functions for creating a wide variety of labels P touch Quick Editor P touch Quick Editor will be installed This editing software provides various functions for easily creating simple labels P touch AV Editor P touch AV Editor will be installed This editing software provides various functions for easily creating Avery labels Driver The printer driver will be installed updated or removed R The Driver Setup dialog box appears O Click OK Driver Setup Driver will be installed Connection Method Connect to your PC with a USB cable C Serial cable Connect to your PC with a Serial cable Network Connectior Install a driver for printing at printers on a network The Confirmation dialog box appears O Read the contents and then click OK Confirmation IMPORTANT This printer driver has passed compatibility tests IF your hardware wizard displays a warning message please select Continue Anyway to complete the software installation e This dialog box may not appear depending on the operating system running on the personal computer The Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC dialog box appears 49 Installin g the Oo ras a 3 O YN Select Delete Brother PT 9500PC and Click Finish then click Next Driver Setup Br
206. nternet Connect Internet Explorer iTunes a 3 w Mail P touch Quick Editor Preview a a Le der E QuickTime Player Sherlock Stickies A i f a a gt 3 a System Preferences TextEdit Utilities X Aparece la ventana Utilities Haga doble clic sobre el icono Print Center eee Utilities a RETO e O mu Sy A Back View i Computer Home Favorites Applications DICC oere Ne py cuco Y B Y Display Calibrator Grab Installer s au re Java Web Start Key Caps Keychain Access Netinfo Manager Network Utility H amp a f e ProcessViewer Stuffit Expander Terminal X Aparece el cuadro de di logo Printer List Seleccione la PT 9500PC y luego haga clic sobre Delete eco Printer List Kind Status e PT 9500PC PT 9500PC Add Printer Se elimina la impresora Cierre el cuadro de di logo Printer List Creacion de etiquetas Version para Windows Este cap tulo contiene los procedimientos para dise ar e imprimir etiquetas utilizando Windows Creaci n A ARAS Creaci n de etiquetas utilizando P touch Editor cscccccccsssssssssssssseees Creaci n de etiquetas utilizando P touch Quick Editor oooooomooooooooo Creaci n de etiquetas utilizando P touch AV Editor oooocccoococonooonooooo oo Despu s de la iMpresi N ATADA A a O Creaci n de etiquetas Cuando haya terminado de preparar
207. nyone who uses this computer all users C Only for me xxx Cancel gt The Choose Destination Location dialog box appears Select the destination folder where the files will be installed and then click Next To select another destination folder click Browse InstallShield Wizard Choose Destination Location Select folder where Setup will install files Setup will install Brother P touch Editor Version 4 0 in the following folder To install to this folder click Next To install to a different folder click Browse and select another folder Destination Folder C Program Files Brother Ptedit40 Browse The Setup Type dialog box appears Select the type of setup you prefer and then click Next InstallShield Wizard Setup Type Select the Setup Type to install Click the type of Setup you prefer then click Next Typical Program will be installed with the most common options Recommended for os most users Compact Program will be installed with minimum required options C Custom You may choose the options you want to install Recommended for advanced users The following items will be installed O Typical P touch Editor P touch Library Western language fonts Symbol fonts Help Clip Art Auto Format Templates and Layout style will be installed Ol Compact Only P touch Editor and the clip art will be installed O Custom Click Next and select the items you want
208. o Todos los Caracteres C digo he Todos los QRCODE bidimensional tipo matriz caracteres C digo Matriz de datos bidimensional tipo matriz Todos los Caracteres Espacios de los Windows Macintosh caracteres 17 1 d gito de control 1 1850 s lo n meros Y hasta 2710 1 1817 Y E s lo n meros hasta 7089 1 777 s lo n meros hasta 3116 En los c digos POSTNET el primer d gito de la informaci n total se calcula como O En los c digos de barras l ser el primer d gito de la informaci n total se convierte en el d gito de control Precauciones para la impresi n de las etiquetas de c digo de barras Cuando imprima etiquetas de c digo de barras tenga en cuenta las siguientes precauciones O La PT 9500PC no fue dise ada exclusivamente como una impresora de etiquetas de c digo de barras Confirme que el lector de c digos de barras puede leer correctamente las etiquetas de c digo de barras impresas con PT 9500PC antes de utilizarlas e Brother Co Ltd no se hace responsable de ning n da o p rdida etc que pueda derivarse de errores de l ctura de las etiquetas de c digo de barras impresas utilizando la PT 9500PC O Si es posible utilice cinta blanca con tinta negra cuando imprima las etiquetas de c digo de barras Es posible que el lector de c digos de barras no pueda leer las etiquetas creadas con otro tipo de cinta O Establezca la m xima anchura p
209. o 1 800 947 1445 o visite nuestro sitio Web en http www brothermall com Consulte el n de producto y el precio en la lista de accesorios que se incluye en la Gu a del usuario N de producto Descripci n ______ Cantidad Para cumplimentar el formulario de pedido 1 Revise el reverso de este formulario y seleccione los art culos que desee 2 Cumplimente el formulario anterior indicando la cantidad de cada art culo 3 Sume las columnas y anote el total en la l nea Subtotal de suministros accesorios 4 A ada el correspondiente impuesto sobre la venta y los gastos de env o y manipulaci n 5 Escriba su nombre y direcci n con letra clara de imprenta en el espacio que sigue 6 Haga su pedido a Llame a cualquier hora al n mero gratuito 1 888 879 3232 b Haga su pedido por Internet en www brothermall com c Env e por fax el formulario cumplimentado al n mero 1 800 947 1445 d Env e por correo el formulario cumplimentado junto con el correspondiente abono a BROTHER INTERNATIONAL CORP Attn Consumer Accessory Div P O Box 341332 Bartlett TN 38184 1332 Nombre Direccion Localidad Estado C digo postal N de tel fono durante el d a N de fax durante el d a Correo electr nico N mero de modelo de su m quina Los precios est n sujetos a cambios sin previo aviso Todos los precios se indican en d lares de EEUU Subtotal de accesorios suministros Los residentes de AZ CA CO
210. o haga clic sobre Finish Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC Driver installation is completed Specify an output port for printing after the setup is completed It cannot be used without setup Before you can use the printer you must restart the computer C No will restart my computer later Remove any disks from their drives and then click Finish to complete setup gt La instalaci n del controlador de impresora se ha completado y la computadora personal se reiniciar 40 Instale el servidor de impresora PS 9000 Para la instalaci n de PS 9000 consulte el manual de instrucciones para el servidor de impresoras PS 9000 Configuraci n de la velocidad en baudios de la computadora personal y la PT 9500PC Siga los siguientes pasos para cambiar o confirmar la velocidad en baudios de la computadora personal y de la PT 9500PC En la barra de tareas haga clic sobre el bot n Start y luego haga clic sobre Control Panel gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Control Panel O Para Windows 95 98 98SE Me NT 4 0 2000 Pro En la barra de tareas haga clic sobre el bot n Start seleccione Settings haga clic sobre Control Panel y luego haga doble clic sobre el icono Printer Contin e con el paso CO as File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Ea lt Back A Search GyFolders CBHistoy US UE X A Edy d la dress a Printer
211. o us at 1 800 947 1445 4 Complete the order form on the later and mail it to us as directed If you haven t already returned your machine warranty card take a few minutes to register at www registermybrother com At your side orotner wwuw brother com 121 A AC AMA ia 125 17 AC adapter jack uni 14 ACC SSON OS Maid 12 118 Add Or remove Programs eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 48 Add Remove Programs 48 Adding a symbol sio 88 Admis Tato eana e aa 28 Advanced setup ns 35 37 Arrange TEX E nnen a caidas PS IN AUTO at 58 61 AV Label oi 22 118 b Bar Code occnoccnoconoconccnnccnocanocnnccnocanoconocnns 75 97 BA CORO ATA ANNA AA NATA 106 Basic scan R 28 BAUA tate ATADA ATA A e TS 45 109 C CANA oar AS 75 CDROM oroar a a 13 101 CD ROM User s Guide coccccccccccncnononononininoss 101 Changing the background color 84 E CSC Ru es setae shai 56 Cleaning abet o acetates 112 CIBEAR odanin 75 97 Collecti n tai 12 24 Collection tray SUPpOlt occccccccononocononininnnnns 14 Computer administrator authority 28 Connecting the PT 9500PC oocccccncncncnoncnnn s 17 Connecting to a personal computer 18 Connecting to a serial port 20 40 Connecting to a USB port eee 19 39 Connecting to the power Source 66 17 Contact Information ccccccccccocononononininon ss 124 Cover release button oooccnccnncnnccnnncnocns 14 22 Culle
212. ok Microsoft Word 3 Brother Sewing Software PS 3004 gt gt P touch Quick Editor gt P touch AV Editor starts up 86 Print button Text History button Symbol button Label view Exit button Text Properties AV2067 Address Label button AV1957 Return Address Label button AV1789 File Folder Label button Current label size Basic operation This section describes the basic operation for printing AV labels from P touch AV Editor O Start up P touch AV Editor Click the button for the desired AV label size gt The label view changes to the format for the selected size AN2067 Addres x CECE Click in the label view and then type the text Los Ani a br TA Bana AN2067 Addres K x AD ist O Click E gt The label will be printed Note O As the text is typed in its size is automatically adjusted so that all of the text fits within the label view Other functions This section explains various other functions available with P touch AV Editor Note O Various functions are available in the pop up menu that appears by right clicking anywhere in the P touch AV Editor window E Formatting the text The entire text can easily be formatted by changing the font style and alignment either before or after the text is typed in O In the Text Properties select the desired font text style and text alignment IR Ea S av eo ABC di 29 South M
213. olvo altas temperaturas o con un alto grado de humedad ni en zonas donde pueda congelarse La PT 9500PC podr a fallar o dejar de funcionar O No limpie la PT 9500PC con diluyente benceno alcohol ni otros disolventes org nicos Podr a desprenderse el acabado de la PT 9500PC y la caja de la PT 9500PC podr a da arse En caso de que est sucia limpie la PT 9500PC con un pa o suave y seco O No deje ning n objeto de goma o vinilo sobre la PT 9500PC durante mucho tiempo La PT 9500PC podr a mancharse O No ponga objetos pesados ni objetos que contengan agua sobre la PT 9500PC Si cayera agua dentro de la PT 9500PC o cualquier otro objeto extra o contacte con la tienda minorista donde compr la PT 9500PC o con su centro de servicio local autorizado Si ha ca do agua o cualquier objeto extra o dentro de la PT 9500PC y contin a utiliz ndola el equipo podr a da arse u ocasionar lesiones personales O No toque el cortador Podr a ocasionar lesiones personales Tenga especial cuidado cuando abra la cubierta del compartimiento de la cinta para cambiarla O No introduzca ning n objeto ni bloquee la salida de etiquetas el tomacorriente para el adaptador de CA el puerto USB o el puerto en serie O No toque ninguna pieza de metal que est situada cerca del cabezal de impresi n El cabezal de impresi n se calienta mucho durante el uso e inmediatamente despu s No lo toque directamente con las manos O Utilice s lo los cables de interfaz
214. omputadora personal 17 E Conexi n a un puerto en serie Las computadoras personales que funcionan con Windows 95 NT 4 0 deben conectarse a un puerto en serie Para conectar computadoras personales que funcionan con Windows 98 98 SE Me 2000 Pro XP utilizando un puerto en serie seleccione la Conexi n a un puerto en serie gt P 38 Nota O Al conectar el cable de interfaz USB a la PT 9500PC el puerto en serie no se puede utilizar para funciones de comunicaci n Retire el cable de interfaz USB de la PT 9500PC O Al conectar la PT 9500PC a una computadora personal utilizando una conexi n en serie conecte la PT 9500PC a una computadora personal con el cable de interfaz en serie antes de instalar el software O Los puertos en serie RS 232C de algunas computadoras tienen un dise o que no permite conectar el cable de interfaz en serie En este caso utilice un adaptador disponible en el mercado O Las computadoras Macintosh no se pueden conectar al puerto en serie de la PT 9500PC Prepare el cable de interfaz en serie que se incluye con el producto Realice la conexi n a un puerto en serie de una computadora personal Realice la conexi n al puerto en serie de la PT 9500PC 18 Aseg rese de que la PT 9500PC y la computadora personal est n apagadas Si est n encendidas ap guelas Inserte la clavija del extremo del cable de interfaz en serie en el puerto en serie situado e
215. or 3 2 Acrobat Reader 5 0 Address Book A _ The software is deleted AppleScript Calculator Chess pa e eo InstallAnywhere Uninstaller EL tei Uninstall P touch Quick Editor Clock Image Capture iMovie A Introduction Please wait while InstallAnywhere s uninstaller ey e fl E Uninstalling removes the following components Internet Connect Internet Explorer iTunes fa E Lo Folders P touch Quick Editor The P touch Quick Editor window appears Library Double click the Uninstall Quick Editor folder When uninstallation is complete the 008 itouch Quick Editor 5 Uninstall Complete dialog box SEM mM A A appears Back View Computer Home Favorites Appli o P touch Quick Editor Read Me gt The Uninstall Quick Editor window appears 69 6 Click Quit eo InstallAnywhere Uninstaller Uninstall P touch Quick Editor Introduction Uninstall Complete A Uninstalling KORAN 9 The following items could not be removed Unable to remove directory Library Fonts Unable to remove directory Library Uninstall Complete Double click the Preferences folder in Macintosh HD Users User Name Library Preferences 8 Delete P touch Quick Editor Prefs P touch Quick Editor is deleted E Deleting the printer driver Remove the USB interface cable connected to the PT 9500PC from the Macintosh USB port Double click the Applications folder in the drive where
216. ore Continuing Precautions if the previous version of the software is installe If the software is being upgraded from the previous version the previous version must be uninstalled before this version is installed Follow the procedure below to remove the previous version of the software The following uninstallation procedure is also described in the ReadMe file and in the User s Guide To unisntall the P touch Editor 3 2 software 1 Double click the Applications folder on the Macintosh HD to open it 2 Double click the P touch Editor 3 2 folder to open it 3 Double click the Uninstall P touch Editor folder 4 Double click the Uninstall P touch Editor icon in the folder that appears The uninstaller starts up A 5 Click the Uninstall button After P touch Editor 3 2 is removed a dialog box appears indicating y ney romeros rare N Cancel Previous C Next gt gt The Choose Product Components dialog box appears Select the Feature Set and the programs to install and then click Next e O P touch Editor 3 2 M Choose Product Features Introduction Feature Set M P touch E Custom M Fonts US Y Auto Format Templates F Clip Art Description e vos A Cancel Previous C The programs that can be installed are listed below Program Description P touch Editor 3 2 P touch Editor software Fonts 13 typefaces Can install fonts for English like Atlanta
217. orotner E a E Prat 95OOPC Quick Reference Referencia rapida Introduction Thank you for purchasing the PT 9500PC The PT 9500PC hereafter referred to as this machine is a label printer that enables you to easily print custom labels after it is connected to a computer This manual contains various precautions and basic procedures for using this P touch Be sure to read this manual before using the P touch Afterward keep this manual in a safe place for future reference E Federal Communications Commission FCC Declaration of Conformity For USA Only Responsible Party Brother International Corporation 100 Somerset Corporate Boulevard Bridgewater NJ 08807 0911 USA TEL 908 704 1700 declares that the product Product Name Brother Label Printer P touch Model Number PT 9500PC complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with t
218. osh are registered trademarks of Apple Computer Inc Y Click Restart Is Please restart your Macintosh before using any of the installed itepos EA The dialog box to select the programs to install appears Clear the check boxes for all of the printer drivers except for PT 9500PC Driver Installation of the printer driver is complete and the Macintosh will dde P touch Editor 3 2 HHHH HHHHHHHEHHH P touch Editor is an application that gives you a variety of designing possibilities for creating labels and stamps O P touch Editor 3 2 MPT 9500PC Driver O Fonts O Auto Format Templates O Clip Art restart After the Macintosh restarts connect the Start up the installer and then follow the messages that appear Install on e PT 9500PC to the Macintosh with the a Mc USB interface cable and then turn on the Ss PT 9500PC Mac OS X classic Eject p H p A For details refer to Connecting to a trademarks of Apple Computer Inc personal computer gt P 18 55 Selecting the printer Select the PT 9500PC as the printer Pull down the Apple menu and select Chooser E File Edit View Special Help About This Computer Apple DVD Player Apple System Profiler AppleCD Audio Player Automated Tasks gt Calculator G Control Panels i Favorites lt 4 Graphing Calculator Internet Access gt Key Caps Networ
219. osible para el c digo de barras Si la anchura del c digo de barras es demasiado peque a es posible que el lector de c digos de barras no pueda leer el c digo de barras O No imprima consecutivamente muchas etiquetas con c digos de barras El cabezal de impresi n se recalentar y puede generar errores de impresi n 105 o 2 O a lt Cambio de los ajustes del P touch Esta secci n describe los procedimientos para cambiar la velocidad en baudios de la PT 9500PC e incluye una explicaci n para los casos en los que se utiliza un entorno LAN Cambie el interruptor ID USB situado en Cambio del modo ID USB la parte posterior de la PT 9500PC ODO gt USBID aF Cuando se utilizan varias unidades PT 9500PC el modo ID USB se puede cambiar para reconocer y utilizar cada PT 9500PC individualmente o para reconocer todas las PT 9500PC como una sola impresora O Reconocimiento de cada PT 9500PC por separado Si el modo ID est establecido en 1 F instale un controlador de impresora independiente para cada PT 9500PC El PC reconocer cada PT 9500PC como una impresora diferente O Reconocimiento de todas las PT 9500PC como una sola impresora Conecte el cable de interfaz USB a la Si el modo ID est establecido en 2 PT 9500PC y al PC instale el controlador de la impresora una sola vez y las distintas PT 9500PC se Encienda la PT 9500PC y a podr n utilizar como la misma
220. other PT 9500PC Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC l Brother PT 9500PC was correctly deleted Brother PT 9500PC is currently installed Replace with new Brother PT 9500PC C Replace with new Brother PT 9500PC C Add Brother PT 9500PC Warning j Do not connect or turn on the Brother PT 9500PC Click Finish to quit setup until you are directed to Make your selection and then click Next Setup will begin Cancel Mt Deleting the printer driver is The Confirmation dialog box complete appears O If Replace with new Brother PT 9500PC is selected the previously installed printer driver is deleted and replaced with a new one Select this option when upgrading the printer driver or when using a personal computer running Windows 2000 Pro XP and changing to a PT 9500PC with a different serial number O If Add Brother PT 9500PC is selected a new printer driver is added Select this option when connecting and using multiple PT 9500PCs with the same personal computer For Windows 98 98 SE Me only a new port is added without adding it as a new printer Click Yes Confirmation 2 All Brother PT 9500PC printers will be deleted OK to delete gt Deletion of the printer driver begins Deleting Progress The dialog box to indicate the Brother PT 9500PC was correctly deleted appears 50 Using Mac OS 8 6 9 x Follow the following procedure to install the
221. ouch CD ROM O Haga doble clic sobre el icono P touch P touch gt Aparece la ventana P touch Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta Mac OS X eee P touch e feo MM Q Y A Back View i Computer Home Favorites Applications A Mac OS 9 Aparece la ventana Mac OS X Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta P touch Quick Editor I Mac OS X e m G y A i Computer Home Favorites Applications LZ P touch Quick Editor P touch Editor 3 2 3 Driver Installer pkg Utility gt Aparece la ventana P touch Quick Editor Haga doble clic sobre el icono Quick Editor Installer 000 2 P touch Quick Editor O de 27 Bee A Back View i Computer Home Favorites Applications Quick Editor Installer e Read Me gt Comienza el instalador O Haga clic sobre Next eo P touch Quick Editor Introduction A Introduction InstallAnywhere will guide you through the installation of P touch o Quick Editor a It is strongly recommended that you quit all programs before a continuing with this installation a Click the Next button to proceed to the next screen If you want to change something on a previous screen click the Previous button You may cancel this installation at any time by clicking the Cancel button E Cancel evic Cre gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Important Information 59 eos D o a 2 O
222. ouch Quick Editor has been successfully Choose Alias Folder mala to A Pre Installation Summary A Installing Click Done to quit the installer M Install Complete Installation of P touch Quick Editor is complete Proceed to Installing the printer driver gt P 63 Installing the printer driver Install the necessary printer driver to use the PT 9500PC as a printer Note O Do not connect the USB interface cable to the Macintosh until the printer driver has been installed and the Macintosh has been restarted If the USB interface cable is already connected to the Macintosh remove the USB interface cable Double click the Driver Installer pkg icon in the Mac OS X window eee 2 Mac OS X A qo D mm mM A A Back View Computer Home Favorites Applications A 3 P touch Quick Editor P touch Editor 3 2 lt A Driver Installer pkg Utility gt The Installer starts O Click a e Install PT 9500PC Driver Authorization You need an Administrator password to install the software p Click the lock to make changes gt The dialog box to type the name and password of the administrator appears Type the name and password of the administrator and then click OK re Install PT 9500PC Driver Authorization You need an Administrator password to install the software Authenticate talig You need an administrator name an
223. out document window Record view window Menu bar commands Local machine zone Los contenidos de cada ment estan clasificados por elementos Haga clic sobre los ments para visualizar la ventana de explicaci n 99 os MN cs nj lt 5 mo lt B gt 7o S 2 Q fam DB _ O x e 7 2 E O 97 pun a e lt e N L lt P gt En la ventana de explicaci n se describe el funcionamiento de los elementos de cada men Los m todos de funcionamiento est n clasificados por funci n Haga clic sobre los m todos de funcionamiento para visualizar la ventana de explicaci n Haga clic sobre Home para regresar al men principal eco C Basimenu e A SS 4 e A a E a Back Forward Stop Refresh Home AutoFill Print Mail localhost Volumes P touch Mac 82085320X P touch 20E ditor 6203 2 User s 20Guide sub_menu Basimenu htm go Live Home Page O Apple O Apple Support O Agpie Store A Toos E mac Osx O Microsoft MacTopia O Office for Macintosh MSN Home Basic Operation Reference Index O Basic Operation sawoney amp A01SIH ypueas This chapter walks you through the basics you need to know in order to start using P touch Editor We recommend that you go through the examples to become familiar with how to use the mouse to create objects and move them around the layout area and how to create your own database Note that this chapter provides
224. pace Minimum 20MB This software is only compatible with Mac OS X classic Install on E HDD Installation reas 605 8 MB Available on volume 2047 8 MB Apple and Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple Computer Inc Y Al hacer clic sobre Custom Install se muestra un cuadro de di logo que le permite seleccionar las opciones que desea instalar S lo se instalan las opciones que tengan una marca de verificaci n al lado Anule las marcas de verificaci n de los programas que no desea instalar iii P touch Editor 3 2 dio P touch Editor is an application that gives you a variety of designing possibilities for creating labels and stamps W P touch Editor 3 2 MPT 9500PC Driver M Fonts E Auto Format Templates M Clip Art Start up the installer and then follow the messages that appear Install on E System Requirements HDD Computer Macintosh computer with Power PC processor Operating system Mac Os 8 6 or later Installation requires 605 8 MB Available on volume 2047 8 MB Available memory Minimum 32MB aran jc ce Mun 20MB This software is only compatible with Mac OS X classic Eject Apple and Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple Computer Inc Y 49 Abajo se detallan los programas que se pueden instalar Programa Descripci n P touch Editor 3 2 Software de P touch Editor Controlador de impresora PT 9500PC Driver
225. para la PT 9500PC Se pueden instalar fuentes Fonts para idiomas con el 13 tipograf as alfabeto latino tales como Atlanta etc Plantillas de Una colecci n de formato plantillas preformateadas autom tico para etiquetas Una colecci n de ilustraciones etc que ueden disponerse sobre as etiquetas e Sino se selecciona la instalaci n personalizada se instalar n todos los programas Se requiere aproximadamente 100 MB de espacio disponible en el disco duro gt Comienza la instalaci n fee Installing file Bells2 dd P touch Editor 3 2 dd P touch Editor is an application that gives you a variety of designing possibilities for creating labels and stamps Start up the installer and then follow the messages that appear System Requirements cr rr rr rro q P AAA zu Computer Macintosh computer with Power PC processor Operating system Mac OS 8 6 or later Available memory Minimum 32MB Available hard disk space Minimum 20MB This software is only compatible with Files to install 1079 Drive Install Mac OS X classic Eject Custom Install Apple and Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple Computer Inc Y Cuando se completa la instalaci n aparece el mensaje Installation is done 50 O Haga clic sobre Quit Installation is done Click QUIT to leave the installer Click CONTINUE to perform additional installation
226. probados por Brother Industries Ltd anulan la autorizaci n del usuario para utilizar el equipo Los n meros de patente y los n meros de publicaci n de patente relacionados con este producto se indican a continuaci n USP4839742 USP4976558 USP5009530 USP5120147 USP4927278 USP4983058 USP5069557 Utilizacion de este manual La PT 9500PC incluye la siguiente Referencia Rapida Consulte la Referencia Rapida para utilizar la PT 9500PC seg n sus necesidades M Referencia R pida Archivos de ayuda Manual de ala este manual sobre el software CD ROM Para la preparaci n y el funcionamiento de la J PT 9500PC y para la instalaci n del software Utilizaci n del P touch Editor Versi n 4 0 para Windows Utilizaci n del P touch Editor Versi n 3 2 para Macintosh Utilizaci n del P touch Quick Editor Utilizaci n del P touch AV Editor PRECAUCIONES GENERALES E P touch 9500PC La PT 9500PC es un equipo de precisi n No la deje caer ni la someta a golpes fuertes O No tome ni levante la PT 9500PC de la cubierta del compartimiento de la cinta La cubierta podr a salirse y la PT 9500PC podr a caerse y da arse O La PT 9500PC puede fallar si se deja cerca de un televisor una radio etc No instale la PT 9500PC cerca de ning n aparato que pueda provocar interferencias electromagn ticas O Mantenga la PT 9500PC alejada de la luz del sol directa O No utilice la PT 9500PC en zonas con acumulaci n de p
227. r Haga clic sobre Uninstall ese InstallAnywhere Uninstaller Introduction Ss a SETA Cancel Uninstall P touch Editor 3 2 About to uninstall P touch Editor 3 2 This will completely remove all components installed by InstallAnywhere It will not remove files and folders created after the installation 66 Se elimina el software eo InstallAnywhere Uninstaller Uninstall P touch Editor 3 2 A Introduction Please wait while InstallAnywhere s uninstaller A Uninstalling removes the following components Folders Applications Al completarse la desinstalaci n aparece el cuadro de di logo Uninstall Complete 6 Haga clic sobre Quit ee InstallAnywhere Uninstaller Uninstall P touch Editor 3 2 A Introduction Uninstall Complete A Uninstalling i 9 The following items could not be removed Unable to remove directory Library Fonts Unable to remove directory Library A Uninstall Complete 8 Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta Preferences en Macintosh HD Users User Name Library Preferences Elimine P touch Editor 3 2 Prefs y P touch Editor 3 2 plist gt Se elimina P touch Editor E Desinstalaci n de P touch Quick Editor Haga doble clic sobre Uninstall Quick Editor Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta Applications en la unidad en la que eee __ Uninstall Quic
228. r P touch AV Editor permite insertar y formatear texto de una forma r pida y sencilla para cualquiera de los tres formatos de etiqueta predefinidos de las etiquetas AV las etiquetas de direcciones AV2067 las etiquetas de direcciones de devoluci n AV1957 y las etiquetas para carpetas de archivos AV1789 Nota e En este cap tulo se utilizan principalmente los ejemplos de cuadros de di logo de Windows XP Inicio de P touch AV Editor Inicie P touch AV Editor como se describe a continuaci n E Para Windows XP En la barra de tareas haga clic sobre el bot n Start seleccione All Programs y luego haga clic sobre P touch AV Editor Administrator Y Internet Internet Explorer ey Email Outlook Express a MSN Explorer O Windows Media Plays a ve Windows Movie Make Tour Windows XP bl Files and Settings Tr Wizard wW Paint All Programs ea My Documents T Activate Windows W Windows Catalog Windows Update a Accessories a Games a Startup a Internet Explorer M MSN Explorer A Outlook Express y Remote Assistance O windows Media Player 3 Windows Messenger GA P touch Editor 4 0 AY P touch AY Editor P touch Quick Editor P Log Off g Shut Down E Para Windows 98 98 SE Me 2000 Pro En la barra de tareas haga clic sobre el bot n Start seleccione Programs y luego haga clic sobre P touch AV Editor Open Office Document 2 Windows Update
229. r P touch Quick Editor will be installed This editing software provides various functions for easily creating simple labels P touch AV Editor P touch AV Editor will be installed This editing software provides various functions for easily creating Avery labels r Driver The printer driver will be installed updated or removed gt The Driver Setup dialog box appears 44 Select Network Connection and then click OK Driver Setup Driver will be installed Connection Method USB cable Connect to your PC with a USB cable C Serial cable Connect to your PC with a Serial cable printing at printers on a network Cancel The Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC dialog box to indicate setup will begin appears Select Install and then click Next Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC Driver setup will begin Driver to be set up Brother PT 9500PC Cancel Installation will be carried out as indicated below Driver Brother PT 9500PC If OK click Next Installation will begin Installation progress v Check file Copy file Add printer Set registry Copying file Click Next gt The dialog box to indicate installation is complete appears Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC Installation progress w Check file v Copy file v Add printer v Set registry Installation is completed Click Next 8 Re
230. r To install to this folder click Next To install to a different folder click Browse and select another der You can choose not to install P touch AV Editor by clicking Cancel to exit Setup r Destination Folder _E Program Files Brother AV Editor Browse gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Setup y comienza la instalaci n A P touch AY Editor Setup P touch AV Editor gt Durante la instalaci n aparece el cuadro de di logo Add shortcut Especifique d nde desea agregar accesos directos para P touch AV Editor y luego haga clic sobre Next Si no desea agregar ning n acceso directo desmarque todos los cuadros de verificaci n Add shortcut I Startup menu M Quick launch bar Cancel Aparece el cuadro de di logo Setup Complete Extraiga el CD ROM de la unidad de CD ROM Haga clic sobre Yes I want to restart my computer now y luego haga clic sobre Finish Setup Complete Setup has finished copying files to your computer Before you can use the program you must restart Windows or your computer No will restart my computer later Remove any disks from their drives and then click Finish to complete setup gt La instalaci n de P touch AV Editor se ha completado y la computadora personal se reiniciara Instalacion del controlador de impresora exclusivamente Para instalar solo el controlador de impresora siga estos pasos El
231. r el archivo de la Gu a de usuario del CD ROM O Siga la informaci n de los cuadros de di logos e instale el archivo de la Gu a de usuario del CD ROM Se instalar la Gu a de usuario del CD ROM Haga doble clic sobre el icono main htm de P touch Editor 3 2 User s Guide en la unidad en la que est instalada la Gu a de usuario del CD ROM El buscador se inicia y aparece el men principal de la Gu a de usuario del CD ROM Los m todos de funcionamiento est n clasificados por funci n Haga clic sobre los m todos de funcionamiento para visualizar la ventana de explicaci n Haga clic sobre Index para visualizar un resumen de las palabras claves si desea buscar los elementos por palabras claves eee main e gt AR cc E YM a Stop Rdfresh Home Auto Print Mail Il file localhost Volumnfis P touch Mac 200S 20 P touchB20Editor 203 2 User sB2OGuide main htm Starting up P touch Editor Basic Operation Layout area Creating a new layout document uw Working with text objects 3 P Working with graphics objects Modifying objects 8 Using an Auto Format template Printing a layout Saving a layout document Databases Creating a new database document Creating a database Maintaining the database Using database data in layouts Printing a layout containing merged record data Saving a database document Reference P touch Editor environment Lay
232. r m s informaci n consulte Configuraci n de la velocidad en baudios de la computadora personal y la PT 9500PC gt P 43 O Apague la PT 9500PC Con la PT 9500PC apagada presione el bot n de encendido de la PT 9500PC durante 5 segundos o m s Bot n de encendido gt El indicador de ERROR rojo y el del bot n de encendido verde parpadear n alternativamente Despu s de que los indicadores parpadeen alternativamente suelte el bot n de encendido gt La velocidad en baudios est establecida en 9 600 bps 107 o 2 D a lt Las partes internas de la PT 9500PC se ensuciar n gradualmente con el uso En esta secci n se describen los procedimientos para el mantenimiento de la PT 9500PC La etiqueta no se imprime claramente Si la etiqueta impresa contiene una l nea horizontal negra o los caracteres no est n claros el cabezal de impresi n y el rodillo del cabezal pueden estar sucios E Autolimpieza Utilice la funci n de autolimpieza de la PT 9500PC para eliminar la suciedad del cabezal de impresi n Presione el bot n de apertura de la cubierta y abra la cubierta del compartimiento de la cinta 2 Quite el casete de cinta Cierre la cubierta del compartimiento de la cinta 108 A Presione el bot n FEED CUT Bot n FEED CUT La autolimpieza comenzar Presione el bot n de apertura de la cubierta y abra la cubierta del compar
233. r 4 0 to design labels Start the personal computer and then insert the CD ROM into the CD ROM drive gt The Brother Setup dialog box appears e It may take a short time until the Brother Setup dialog box appears e Ifthe Brother Setup dialog box does not appear double click the My Computer icon and then double click the P touch Icon O Click the button for Advanced setup a Brother Setup Select the setup method r Basic setup The editing software and the preset printer driver will be installed This option is normally selected r Advanced setup The software and printer driver will be installed separately The editing software can be installed or the printer driver can be installed updated or removed The dialog box to select the software to install appears Click the button for P touch Editor a Brother Setup Select the components that you want to install P touch Editor P touch Editor 4 will be installed This editing software provides various advanced functions for creating a wide variety of labels P touch Quick Editor P touch Quick Editor will be installed This editing software provides various functions for easily creating simple labels P touch AV Editor P touch AV Editor will be installed This editing software provides various functions for easily creating Avery labels r Driver The printer driver will be installed updated
234. r 4 will be installed This editing software provides various advanced functions for creating a wide variety of labels P touch Quick Editor P touch Quick Editor will be installed This editing software provides various functions for easily creating simple labels P touch AV Editor P touch AV Editor will be installed This editing software provides various functions for easily creating Avery labels Driver The printer driver will be installed updated or removed gt The Driver Setup dialog box appears A Select USB cable and then click OK Driver Setup Driver will be installed Connection Method di le onnect to your PC with a USB cable Serial cable Connect to your PC with a Serial cable Network Connectior Install a driver for printing at printers on a network The Confirmation dialog box appears Follow the instructions on each dialog box and start installation Refer to steps in Installing using basic setup gt P 31 gt The Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC dialog box appears 40 Select Yes want to restart my computer now and then click Finish Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC Brother PT 9500PC was correctly added In order for the changes to become effective the computer must be restarted No restart later Click Finish to quit setup Installation of the printer driver is complete and the personal computer w
235. r O Confirm that the tape is not jammed in the PT 9500PC If necessary turn the PT 9500PC off and on Flashing fast If the ERROR lamp continues to flash Roller holder error contact the retail outlet where the PT 9500PC was purchased or your local authorized service center Turn the PT 9500PC off and on If the ERROR lamp continues to flash contact the retail outlet where the PT 9500PC was purchased or your local authorized service center Flashing very EEPROM error fast Circuit board error 15 Preparations before creating labels Before creating labels with the PT 9500PC the following preparations are necessary Note The connection procedures are different depending on the operating system running on the personal computer and whether a serial connection or USB connection is used For details refer to Installing the software gt P 25 Installing the software Install the printer driver to use the PT 9500PC as a printer with the personal computer and install the label design software For details refer to Installing the software gt P25 Connecting the PT 9500PC Connect the PT 9500PC to the power source and a personal computer For details refer to Connecting the PT 9500PC gt P 17 Creating labels After preparing the PT 9500PC start creating labels For details refer to Creating labels Windows version gt P 71 or Creating labels Macintosh version gt P 9
236. r accesorios en Internet http www brothermall com Para hacer su pedido por correo o pagar con tal n rellene el formulario de pedido de accesorios y env elo con el abono a nombre de Brother International Corporation Attn Consumer Accessory Division P O Box 341332 Bartlett TN 38184 1332 Sistema de respuesta por fax El Servicio de atenci n al cliente de Brother ha instalado un sencillo sistema de respuesta por fax que le permitir obtener respuesta instant nea a preguntas t cnicas frecuentes as como informaci n sobre todos los productos de Brother Este sistema est disponible 24 horas al d a 7 d as a la semana Puede usar el sistema para enviar la informaci n a cualquier n mero de fax no s lo al n mero desde el que llama Llame al 1 800 521 2846 y siga las indicaciones de voz para recibir por fax instrucciones sobre c mo usar el sistema as como un ndice de los temas de respuesta por fax 122 FORMULARIO DE PEDIDO DE ACCESORIOS PARA LA P TOUCH s lo para Estados Unidos Estimado cliente Adjuntamos este formulario de pedido para su comodidad para el caso de que su tienda minorista no disponga de los articulos que necesita Para hacer su pedido por correo envie este formulario cumplimentado junto con el abono correspondiente a la direcci n que se indica a continuaci n Si desea pagar con tarjeta de cr dito llame al n mero gratuito 1 888 879 3232 env e por fax el formulario cumplimentado al n mer
237. ra a 112 D Date and Time occnoccnccniconoconocnnccnoconicnn 75 97 Decorative Fa ia aa 73 Delete the PT 9500PC printer driver 49 Deleting the printer driver eee 57 70 Diaw 100 ba Genet ted 74 96 122 E ERROR lapas 14 F Feed cut button oooccoccnocnnoconocanocanocones 14 23 FONT DFOD OMICS carson di 96 Formatting het 87 PROM VIEW sai 14 G General precautions s 00ssesssessessesseeees 6 H Fead roller aa 111 aE E AEA E EA 78 I ADC ona A A 75 97 IMDOPEMNG tesina eon E EnG 85 88 Insertins SVMDOlS nit 84 stalkeri 26 27 51 58 Installing the collection tray eee 24 Installing the printer driver eee 63 Installing the tape cassette eee eee 22 L Label outlet ad 14 Label SUCE a 12 abal SC des ATAN ATA TA ASU an 91 Labs ido 72 94 LAND 15 Eaydub properties rai rl 74 96 Layout WINdOWssa ata 74 96 M Mac OS 8 6 9 ix inn ds 51 MacOS AMO Troni a 58 Macias 51 58 93 Maneno CO casitas al 110 Make Pic lesa 75 97 Merge Database Field eee eeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 97 Minimizing P touch Quick Editor 85 N Name Dad 76 97 Network printed 43 109 O CID CCE OO CIA aplanada anada dade 75 97 Operating eaVITONMENEs siii atico 117 Operating SYSTE tii 26 P Page Propere Seinu ia 74 96 Personal computer and PT 9500PC baud Men id 45 Power button ai 14 21 Power supply cord siria VA PLC Datla lO Salida 16 Printe Center reses e E E 66 70 A E
238. ra instalar o desinstalar el controlador de Instalaci n impresora y cuando conecte la PT 9500PC a avanzada una computadora que funcione con Windows Instalaci El controlador de PE impresora y el METE software de edici n se instalan juntos 98 98 SE Me 2000 Pro XP y a utilizando una conexi n y y 4 en serie M i Seleccione el software que O Cuando la desea instalar a Pata 5 instalaci n se Wi de Windows complete haga INTO 98 98 SE Me ES ay 8 95 NT 4 0 clic sobre 2000 Pro XP Q E Close aaa aa E KS sa oo gt Y t ae 4 i y lt H A H y Seleccione el software de edici n 4 t y La Beother Setep x i f t t i Controlador 1 t y 4 Editor 4 y 4 Editor t t Instalaci n del y i t A controlador de y 7 t impresora para t Y Windows 95 NT 4 0 M 4 Auna conexi n en A Y no es compatible t i T y y i y y A P touch 4 M M de P touch 4 M Editor y y Editor i nstalaci n y t y t de P touch y t y t Editor da y t y a de y H y ooo pP ro quo uo s impresora para 4 Seleccione el m todo de conexi n SS USB M 4 Windows 95 NT 4 0 Cuando utilice y iM 4 no es compatible PS 9000 H y 4 y t de P touch y i interfaz Conexi n en oe en E Sd e n USB serie re 4 4 4 t t t 4 4 t re Instalaci n M y y de P touch V i eang con 1 10 La PT 9500PC se E impresora paa y Instalaci n del y pe oe conecta
239. rece el cuadro de dialogo SET Bea Uninstall Complete Back View Computer Home Favorites Application E P touch Quick Editor Read Me gt Aparece la ventana Uninstall Quick Editor 67 6 Haga clic sobre Quit eo InstallAnywhere Uninstaller Uninstall P touch Quick Editor Introduction Uninstall Complete A Uninstalling The following items could not be removed Uninstall Complete Unable to remove directory Library Fonts Unable to remove directory Library Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta Preferences en Macintosh HD Users User Name Library Preferences 8 Elimine P touch Quick Editor Prefs Se elimina P touch Quick Editor E Eliminaci n del controlador de impresora Retire el cable de interfaz USB que est conectado a la PT 9500PC desde el puerto USB de Macintosh Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta Applications en la unidad en la que est instalado Mac OS X eee Y Macintosh HD e feo mM y A Back View i Computer Home Favorites Applications A p P Applications touch_Editor stallLog log touch_Quick stallLog log Library System Temporary Items Users gt Aparece la ventana de Applications 68 Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta dl H li S Utilities r gt z gt 000 A Applications e Cf fm BY A Back View H Computer Home Favorites Applications Clock Image Capture iMovie 6 a sf 3 I
240. recogida La bandeja recoge las etiquetas impresas que expulsa la PT 9500PC E Referencia R pida este manual Gu rdelo para futuras consultas E CD ROM El CD ROM contiene entre otras cosas el software que debe instalarse en una computadora personal E Cat logo de cintas Este cat logo contiene una lista de casetes de cinta dise ados exclusivamente para la serie de impresoras P touch 11 previa O N gt T fa Q Q fer S 2 aa t T rminos relacionados con la PT 9500PC Esta secci n identifica los principales t rminos relacionados con la PT 9500PC Vista frontal Cubierta del compartimiento de la cinta E 4 Bot n de apertura de la ST IT cubierta A L mpara de ERROR xo Salida de etiquetas SS Bot n de encendido con l mpara AS Bot n FEED CUT Soporte para la bandeja de recogida brother a Nota e Si la cubierta del compartimiento de la cinta queda abierta podr a acumularse polvo en el cabezal de impresi n Cierre siempre la cubierta Vista posterior Tomacorriente para el adaptador de CA Interruptor de ID USB e 3 Ss ee lt gt ws 2 us ID Puerto en ese Mile e DS Puerto USB Nota O El interruptor de ID USB generalmente se configura en la posici n 2 Para obtener m s informaci n consulte Cambio del modo ID USB gt P 106 12 Visualizacion de las lamparas Puede determi
241. ress the feed cut button gt Cleaning will start Press the cover release button and open the tape compartment cover When the rollers stop press the cover release button Remove the cleaning tape reinstall the tape cassette and then close the tape compartment cover Note O For further details on using the cleaning tape refer to the instruction manual included with the cleaning tape 112 Cleaning the cutter If the printed labels are not ejected from the PT 9500PC correctly clean the cutter for cutting the labels O Turn off the PT 9500PC Press the cover release button and open the tape compartment cover Remove the tape cassette O Use a cotton swab to clean the cutter Cotton swab Metal section Reinstall the tape cassette and then close the tape compartment cover Note O Take special care not to touch the cutter when cleaning the PT 9500PC O The print head is very hot during use and immediately after use Do not clean the PT 9500PC immediately after printing labels 113 Troubleshooting For PT 9500PC troubleshooting refer to the following list of possible problems Q amp A Problem The PT 9500PC does not print A printing error is received While printing striped tape appears The power button does not light up or flash The printed label contains a blank horizontal line A data transmission error appears on the personal computer
242. rinter eee 2 Utilities e a m Y A Select the PT 9500PC as the printer AAA A e e Y BO 3 Double click the drive where Mac OS X Display Calibrator Grab Installer is installed gt ii Java Web Start Key Caps Keychain Access Double click the Applications folder e es Netinfo Manager Network Utility Print Center 180808 E Macintosh HD e m S A e A H amp a Back View i Computer Home Favorites Applications ProcessViewer Stufflt Expander Terminal A p P touch_Editor stallLog log touch_Quick stallLog log O No printers available to select The message You have no printers available appears Proceed to step 6 q AA O Printers available to select g The names of available printers are vay displayed in the Printer List dialog box Proceed to step O E O PT 9500PC is already registered gt The Applications window appears PT 9500PC appears in the Printer List Proceed to step 6 Double click the Utilities folder e oo A Applications O Click Add O mm MY A Back View i Computer Home Favorites Applications Ty a 2 You have no printers available EL lol Would you like to add to your list of printers no Clock Image Capture iMovie a gt 6 a st o Internet Connect Internet Explorer iTunes de A eS ai Pto ee Edi ne gt The Printer List dialog box appears La der QuickTime Player Sherlock Stickies Cli
243. roblem Solution Make sure that the PT 9500PC is turned on Make sure that the interface cable is connected correctly Make sure that the Sa pou where the PT 9500PC is connected is the same a O rath ee COM port selected in the Change Baud Rate Wizard Many personal computers have more than one COM port and COM2 may have been selected in error in the Change Baud Rate Wizard Make sure that the USB interface cable is not connected to the PT 9500PC during a serial connection When another serial connection device is using the same COM port for Windows NT 4 0 2000 Pro XP labels cannot be printed Change the COM port for the serial connection device or connect the PT 9500PC to a COM port that is not being used The baud rate cannot be set using the Change Baud Rate Depending on the personal computer Wizard or the Brother the COM port may be turned off as a PT 9500PC utilities default at the factory Refer to the instruction manual for the personal Error 1 or Error 5 the serial port computer Or contact the personal of the personal computer cannot computer manufacturer to turn on the be used COM port lt Check the COM port gt For Windows 95 98 Double click the System icon in Control Panel Click the Device Manager tab and then click the plus sign next to Ports COM amp LPT e Make sure that COM1 and COM2 are listed e Make sure that there are no error symbols displayed Some old personal computers may
244. s Go q h E Printers This Folder contains information about printers that are currently installed and a wizard to help you install new printers To get information about a printer that is currently installed right click the printer s icon To install a new printer click the Add Printer icon Select an item to view its description f1 object s 43 O o a 2 O ax 9 _ N sP ras a 3 E o Y Haga clic sobre Printers and Other Haga clic con el bot n derecho del Hardware mouse en el icono Brother PT 9500PC y a continuaci n haga clic sobre Properties amp Control Panel File Edit View Favorites Tools Help o Back yo Search Ey Folders iss gt o Vg Control Panel Pick a category S Ready Open Es DE Printing Preferences E Appearance and 28 Printers and Other Pause Printing Sab Rice e Themes Sa Hardware Sharing Windows Update Use Printer Offline a ant Network and Internet am A User Accounts Help and Support A Connections y o Create Shortcut Delete Rename Date Time Add or R z pi de Language and Properties Regional Options f a Sounds Speech and anf E O Audio Devicks Accessibility Options ae gt Aparecer la ventana Brother Na Maintenance A PT 9500PC Properties Haga clic sobre la ficha Device Setting gt Aparecer la ventana Printers and Other H ardwar
245. s Continue O Haga clic sobre Restart is Please restart your Macintosh before using any of the installed itey gt La instalaci n del P touch Editor se ha completado y la Macintosh se reiniciara Una vez que la Macintosh se reinicie conecte la PT 9500PC a la Macintosh con el cable de interfaz USB y luego encienda la PT 9500PC Para obtener mas informacion consulte Conexi n a una computadora personal gt P 16 Contin e con Selecci n de la impresora gt P 54 Confirme la unidad en la que desee Instalaci n de P touch instalar el software y luego haga clic Quick Editor y del hth ital ae SS ara cambiar la unidad haga clic sobre controlador de impresora ee Instale P touch Quick Editor para imprimir ONS P touch Quick Editor Ade etiquetas utilizando operaciones simples y el Powe Qi or eagle at controlador de impresora fe Quick Editor easily Start up the installer and then follow the messages that appear Install on Nota PC processor ES alo same 20478 Me No conecte el cable de interfaz USB a la ae Pii Macintosh hasta que el software haya rt AE Apple and Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple Computer Inc Y sido instalado y la Macintosh haya sido reiniciada Si el cable de interfaz USB ya opciones que tengan una marca de verificaci n al lado Anule las marcas de verificaci n de los programas que no des
246. s Si la lampara de ERROR continua rapidos parpadeando contacte con el establecimiento minorista donde compr la PT 9500PC o con su centro de servicio local autorizado Error en el soporte del rodillo Apague la PT 9500PC y vuelva a encenderla Parpadeandoa Error en la EEPROM Si la l mpara de ERROR contin a Encendida intervalos muy Error en el tablero de parpadeando contacte con el r pidos circuitos establecimiento minorista donde compr la PT 9500PC o con su centro de servicio local autorizado 13 Preparaciones previas a la creacion de etiquetas Antes de crear etiquetas con la PT 9500PC son necesarios los siguientes preparativos Nota O Los procedimientos de conexi n var an dependiendo del sistema operativo instalado en la computadora personal y de si se utiliza una conexi n en serie o una conexi n USB Para obtener m s informaci n consulte Instalaci n del software gt P 23 Instalaci n del software Instale el controlador de impresora para utilizar la PT 9500PC como impresora con la computadora personal e instale el software de dise o de etiquetas Para obtener m s nee consulte Instalaci n del software gt P 23 Conexi n de la PT 9500PC Conecte la PT 9500PC a la fuente de alimentaci n y a la computadora personal Para obtener m s informaci n consulte Conexi n de la PT 9500PC gt P 15 Creaci n de etiquetas Cuando haya terminado de preparar la PT
247. s O Auto Format Templates O Clip Art Start up the installer and then follow the messages that appear Installing file PT 9500PC US System Requirements Computer Macintosh computer with Power PC processor Operating system Mac OS 8 6 or later Available memory Minimum 32MB Available hard disk space Minimum 20MB Comienza el instalador woes A Apple and Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple Computer Inc Y Files to install 3 Confirme la unidad en la que desee instalar el software y luego haga clic sobre Custom Install Para cambiar la unidad haga clic sobre Drive done gt Cuando se completa la instalaci n aparece el mensaje Installation is dd P touch Editor 3 2 di P touch Editor is an application that gives you a variety of designing possibilities for creating labels and stamps Haga clic sobre Quit EDITOR Installation is done Install on Em HDD Installation requir 2 605 8 MB D oder o os os s SF DN a Start up the installer and then follow the messages that appear Click QUIT to leave the installer Click CONTINUE to perform additional installations System Requirements Computer Macintosh computer with Power PC processor Operating system Mac OS 8 6 or later Available memory Minimum 32MB Available hard disk space Minimum 20MB This software is only compatible
248. s Folder installed to A Pre Installation Summary Installing Click Done to quit the installer Install Complete Previous gt La instalaci n de P touch Quick Editor se ha completado Contin e con Instalaci n del controlador de impresora gt P 61 Instalacion del controlador de impresora Instale el controlador de impresora necesario para utilizar la PT 9500PC como impresora Nota O No conecte el cable de interfaz USB a la Macintosh hasta que el controlador de impresora haya sido instalado y la Macintosh haya sido reiniciada Si el cable de interfaz USB ya est conectado a la Macintosh ret relo Haga doble clic sobre el icono Driver Installer pkg en la ventana de Mac OS X eee Mac OS X O fan E Y gt Back View i Computer Home Favorites Applications 3 3 P touch Quick Editor P touch Editor 3 2 Driver Installer pkg Utility Comienza el instalador e O Haga clic sobre 2 re Install PT 9500PC Driver Authorization You need an Administrator password to install the software ZA A Click the lock to make changes gt Aparece un cuadro de di logo en el que podr escribir el nombre y la contrase a del administrador Escriba el nombre y la contrase a del administrador y luego haga clic sobre OK re install PT 9500PC Driver Authorization You need an Administrator password to install the software Authentica
249. s series de impresoras P touch Al utilizar el servidor de impresora PS 9000 se puede utilizar la PT 9500PC como impresora de red Esta funci n s lo se puede utilizar en un entorno de Windows Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC Driver installation is completed Before you can use the printer you must restart the computer C No will restart my computer later Remove any disks from their drives and then click Finish to complete setup EI La instalaci n del controlador de impresora se ha completado y la computadora personal se reiniciar D o a 2 O SS 9 _ N software Nota Al conectar el cable de interfaz USB a la PT 9500PC el puerto en serie no se puede utilizar para funciones de comunicaci n Retire el cable de interfaz USB de la PT 9500PC O Si utiliza una computadora personal que no es compatible con una velocidad en baudios de 115 200 bps para el puerto serie cambie la velocidad en baudios de la PT 9500PC a 9 600 bps Para obtener mas informacion consulte Cambio de la velocidad en baudios gt P 107 PS 9000 Concentrad or ethernet ms Cable ethernet u u Cable de interfaz USB Nota O Para la instalaci n de PS 9000 consulte el manual de instrucciones para el servidor de impresoras PS 9000 41 Encienda la computadora personal y luego inserte el CD ROM en la unidad de CD ROM gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Brother
250. s set to 1 install a separate printer driver for each PT 9500PC Each PT 9500PC will then be recognized as a different printer by the personal computer O Recognizing the PT 9500PCs as a single printer If the ID mode is set to 2 install the printer driver one time only and then multiple PT 9500PCs can be used as the same printer Even if you connect a different PT 9500PC to the personal computer the PT 9500PC can be used without any additional setup Note O The USB ID switch is usually set to 2 Turn off the PT 9500PC and the personal computer Remove the USB interface cable from both the PT 9500PC and the personal computer 108 Change the USB ID switch on the back of the PT 9500PC ODO gt USBID aF Connect the USB interface cable to the PT 9500PC and the personal computer Turn on the PT 9500PC and then turn on the personal computer Using multiple computers The PT 9500PC can be used by multiple personal computers as a shared printer Connect the PT 9500PC to one personal computer and set it up for common use The PT 9500PC can then be used as a network printer by personal computers in the same network This function can only be used in a Windows environment E Ether cable sussana USB cable or serial cable Note O The common use settings for the printer vary according to the operating system running on the personal computer and th
251. s the specified shortcut keys or drag the text from the other application into the label E Using the text history Ten of the most recently printed texts are automatically stored for future use By selecting from the text history list previously used text can easily be added to the label Click m gt The text history list appears Select the text that you want to use AV2067 Addre asaz gt The selected text appears in the label view ABC IMPORT EXPORT ss R Becker 29 South Main St Los Angeles CA 88889 AV2087 Addres x gt Z P a E Printing the label Specify the printing options and then print the label Click 7 to the right of 44 A drop down menu appears E Select Print Options Print Print Options Printer Setup gt The Print dialog box appears E Specify the printing options Options M Auto Cut Half Cut Mirror Printing Chain Printing Copies Number 1 O Auto Cut Select this option to automatically feed out and cut off the label after it is printed Note O When printing multiple copies of AV labels with the Auto Cut check box selected each label is cut off after it is printed If the Auto Cut check box is cleared the string of labels are cut off only after they have all been printed O Half Cut Select this option to cut only the label tape without cutting the backing making it easier to remove the label back
252. setup will close To install Brother P touch Editor Version 4 0 you must accept this agreement gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Customer Information Escriba la informaci n en User Name y Company Name y luego haga clic sobre Next Hagla clic sobre Only for me system si la nica persona autorizada para usar este software es la persona cuyo nombre y contrase a fueron utilizados para iniciar la sesi n al iniciar la computadora InstallShield Wizard Customer Information Please enter your information User Name oc Company Name Brothed Install this application for Anyone who uses this computer all users C Only for me xxxx Cancel gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Choose Destination Location Seleccione la carpeta de destino donde se instalar n los archivos y luego haga clic sobre Next Para seleccionar otra carpeta de destino haga clic sobre Browse InstallShield Wizard Choose Destination Location Select folder where Setup will install files Setup will install Brother P touch Editor Version 4 0 in the following folder To install to this folder click Next To install to a different folder click Browse and select another folder Destination Folder C Program Files Brother Ptedit40 Browse Aparece el cuadro de dialogo Setup Type Haga clic sobre el tipo de instalaci n que prefiera y luego haga clic sobre Next
253. sing P touch Editor Note e This chapter contains an outline of P touch Editor Details on using P touch Editor are contained in the CD ROM User s Guide Refer to Using the CD ROM User s Guide gt P 101 E For Mac OS X 10 1 or later Starting P touch Editor Double click the Applications folder in the drive where Mac OS X is installed touch Editor ans Start P touch Editor gt The Applications window appears El For Mac OS 8 6 9 x Double click the P touch Editor 3 2 Double click the P touch Editor 3 2 folder folder in the drive where P touch Editor gt The P touch Editor 3 2 window is installed appears a a Double click ISES 8 Double click 7 4 35 If an alias was created double click the If an alias was created double click the alias icon alias icon gt The layout window appears gt The layout window appears g labels version S So q j gE L o Ys 95 SE Seed Layout window When P touch Editor starts the layout window appears Oo Untitled 1 161 A al El Mans a t a q TEE E Property dock Click each button in the property dock to display the property box for setting the font layout etc Click the button again to close the property box O Page properties Set the label size and orientation ta 13 E O Font properties Set the font size italics etc Belgium 96 O Layout properties
254. sing the Numbering functio 4 Making a table E e 5 Making a label that indicates telepho o o 6 Making a label that contains a barco o e 7 Using Excel data to print labels 8 Making a wide label Y Explanation of function Y Troubleshooting Goto each Help topic 2 Copyright Information O Impresi n del libro Description of operations En la lista de la ficha de Contents haga clic sobre Description of operations Contents Index Search Favorites Lz Ul Sample 2 Before performing the lessons 1 Making a name label E e 2 Making labels fora CD case o e 3 Printing using the Numbering functio 4 Making a table 5 Making a label that indicates telepho 6 Making a label that contains a bar co e 7 Using Excel data to print labels 8 Making a wide label e Explanation of function Troubleshooting Go to each Help topic 2 Copyright Information Haga clic sobre En en la barra de herramientas gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Print Topics Seleccione el contenido que desea imprimir Print Topics You can print the selected topic or all the topics in the selected heading What would you like to do Print the selected topic Print the selected heading and all subtopics 4J Cancel O Impresi n del tema seleccionado Seleccione Print the selected topic O Impresi n del encabezado y todos los subtemas selecc
255. sion by BROTHER nstallatior 8 License nmstallin Apple and Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple Computer Inc c Brother Industries Ltd 2003 All rights reserved nish Uf Print 3 Save Go Back C The dialog box to confirm the license agreement appears 64 To continue with installation click Agree Install PT 9500PC Driver To continue installing the software you must agree to the terms of 8 Introt the software license agreement FT O Read Licen Click Agree to continue or click Disagree to cancel the installation instal C Disagree CI instal nis Computer Inc c Brother Industries Ltd 2003 All rights reserved f Print y Save GoBack f Continue The Select a Destination dialog box appears Select the drive to install the printer driver to and then click Continue Select the drive where Mac OS X is installed r O Install PT 9500PC Driver Select a Destination Introduction Read Me License Select a destination volume to install the PT 9500PC Driver O Select Destination Installatio Installing nish Up Macintosh HD 8 2GB 0 bytes of disk space is required g ano for this installation gt The Easy Install dialog box appears Click Upgrade re Install PT 9500PC Driver Easy Install Introduction Read Me Lic
256. spositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia que reciba que incluye interferencias que puedan causar un funcionamiento no deseado Este equipo se ha comprobado y cumple los l mites establecidos para un dispositivo digital de clase B conforme a la Parte 15 de la normativa de la FCC Estos l mites se han dise ado para proporcionar una protecci n razonable contra las interferencias indeseables en una instalaci n dom stica Este equipo genera utiliza y puede emitir energ a de radiofrecuencia y si no se instala y se usa seg n las instrucciones puede causar interferencias perjudiciales a las comunicaciones de radio No obstante no se garantiza que no se producir n interferencias en una instalaci n espec fica Si este equipo causara interferencias perjudiciales en la recepci n de radio o de televisi n lo cual se puede comprobar apagando y encendiendo el dispositivo el usuario puede corregir la interferencia llevando a cabo una o m s de las medidas siguientes Volver a orientar o cambiar de sitio la antena de recepci n Aumentar la separaci n entre el equipo y el receptor Conectar el equipo a una toma o a un circuito diferente del que est conectado el receptor Consultar con el distribuidor o con un t cnico experto en radio y TV Debe usarse el cable de interfaz que se incluye para garantizar la conformidad con los l mites para un dispositivo digital de Clase B Los cambios o las modificaciones no expresamente a
257. sto resulta muy c modo para pegar o ee o O Layout e E en la superficie interna de vidrios Utilice Ss Especifique el dise o de la etiqueta se cinta transparente 2s ox O Numbering Print S 7 Cuando se ha definido una numeraci n Printer PT 9500PC El n meros consecutivos para las etiquetas se Presets Standard E puede establecer que el n mero que aparece is m en la etiqueta aumente en una cantidad Pages per Sheet 1 concreta en cada etiqueta sucesiva 1 avo oreeson FR E TRA Border None 3 Haga clic sobre Print Se imprimir la etiqueta O Preview Cancel Print O 97 O Output Options Especifique cu ndo desea imprimir la informaci n en un formato de archivo Print Printer PT 9500PC ES Presets Standard Ka Output Options laz Save as File Format O Tape Setting 98 Length Especifique el largo de la cinta que va a utilizar Margin Especifique el espacio que se debe insertar a la izquierda y a la derecha de cada etiqueta Auto Tape Cut Las etiquetas impresas se cortan y luego se expulsan Multi Half Cut S lo se corta la cinta de la etiqueta sin cortar la hoja de respaldo lo que hace m s f cil quitar la hoja de respaldo de la etiqueta Chain Printing La etiqueta impresa se mantendr en la impresora sin ser expulsada hasta que se imprima la etiqueta siguiente No se inserta espac
258. t gt O Numbering Specify the label layout oF When numbering consecutive numbers is S set for labels the number that appears in Print S S the label can be set to increase by a Printer PT 9500PC al O specified amount on each successive label Presets Standard a Layout a Click Print The label will be printed Erre Layout Direction EZ El li oN Border None ry 99 O Output Options Specify when printing data in a file format O Print Printer PT 9500PC r Presets Standard PA Output Options a Save as File Format Tape Setting Length Specify the length of the tape used Margin Specify the space to be inserted to the left and right of each label Auto Tape Cut The printed labels are cut and then ejected Multi Half Cut Only the label tape is cut without cutting the backing making it easier to remove the label backing Chain Printing The printed label will remain in the printer without being ejected until the next label is printed Extra space is not inserted between the labels To discharge the label press the feed cut button Mirror printing A mirror image of the data is printed This is very convenient for affixing to the inner surface of glass Use clear tape 100 Print Printer PT 9500PC E Presets Standard A 1 Tape Setting a Length 2 64 Inch Margin 1 Auto Tape Cut Multi Half Cut C
259. t labels using Windows Creatine labels ASAS SEN 72 Creating labels using P touch Editor ccssssssssssecsscssssssesseeeeeeesssseeees 73 Creating labels using P touch Quick Editor ooooooccoooocooooocnnccccnnncconoooros 81 Creating labels using P touch AV Editor oocoooooonononncccnnncoooncnacccccnnccnnonos 86 A A AS a e AE E 91 Creating labels After loading the software on the computer you can start creating labels E Designing amp printing labels Proceed to Creating labels using P touch Editor gt P 73 KE Printing labels simply Proceed to Creating labels using P touch Quick Editor gt P 81 72 Creating labels using P touch Editor Labels can be created with various designs using P touch Editor Note e This chapter contains an outline of P touch Editor Details on using P touch Editor are contained in the on line help menu Refer to Using Help gt P 78 e The examples of dialog boxes from Windows XP are shown P touch editor can also be used with Windows 95 98 98SE Me NT 4 0 2000 Pro Start P touch Editor Start P touch Editor E For Windows XP On the taskbar click the Start button point to All Programs point to P touch Editor 4 0 and then click P touch Editor m f Internet Internet Expl CZ My Documents plorer W Windows Catalog O E mail Y Outlook Express Windows Update
260. t method other Double click the P touch Editor 3 2 than Japanese such as U S from the folder Keyboard Menu Press the spacebar while holding down the Command key to 566 AT change the input method D mam Start the Macintosh and then insert the P touch Quick Editor CD ROM into the CD ROM drive Driver Installer pkg gt The P touch CD ROM icon appears O Double click the P touch icon ip The P touch Editor 3 2 window o appears P touch gt The P touch window appears 58 Double click the P touch Editor 3 2 Installer icon eco 2 P touch Editor 3 2 O mmm E Y Y A Back View Computer Home Favorites Applications Z pe P touch Editor3 2 Installer User s Guide a Read Me The Installer starts O Click Next eso The Important Information dialog box appears P touch Editor 3 2 Introduction A Introduction InstallAnywhere will guide you through the installation of P touch o Editor 3 2 s It is strongly recommended that you quit all programs before a continuing with this installation o Click the Next button to proceed to the next screen If you want s to change something on a previous screen click the Previous button You may cancel this installation at any time by clicking the Cancel button SERE ome cance E P touch Editor 3 2 O Click Next ee Important Information Introduction o Please Read Bef
261. tadora personal que funcione con Windows 98 98 SE Me 2000 Pro XP instale el controlador de impresora siguiendo estos pasos Encienda la computadora personal y luego inserte el CD ROM en la unidad de CD ROM gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Brother Setup e Puede transcurrir alg n tiempo hasta que aparezca el cuadro de di logo Brother Setup e Si el cuadro de di logo Brother Setup no aparece haga doble clic sobre el icono My Computer y a continuaci n haga doble clic en el icono P touch Haga clic sobre el bot n de Instalaci n avanzada Brother Setup _ Select the setup method Basic setup The editing software and the preset printer driver will be installed This option is normally selected Advanced setup The software and printer driver will be installed separately The editing software can be installed or the printer driver can be installed updated or removed gt Aparece un cuadro de di logo en el que puede seleccionar el software que desea instalar E Haga clic sobre el bot n del controlador a Brother Setup Select the components that you want to install P touch Editor P touch Editor 4 will be installed This editing software provides various advanced functions E A for creating a wide variety of labels 2 P touch Quick Editor P touch Quick Editor will be installed A This editing software provides various functions for easily Gr creatin
262. talled and a wizard to help you install new printers To get information about a printer that is currently installed right click the printer s icon To install a new printer click the Add Printer icon Select an item to view its description 1 object s amp Control Panel File Edit View Favorites Tools Help y o yo Search Es Folders EH Vg Control Panel x GB switch to Classic view See Also Pick a category EE Appearance and 20 Printers and Other e Themes SE Hardware Windows Update a e Network and Internet A counts Help and Support e Connections PAS Date Time a or Remove Language and rograms e Regional Options Sounds Speech and 7 y Aug Devices Accessibility Options Performance and w Maintenance The Printers and Other Hardware window appears 45 e Y c g the are 3 O A Click Printers and Faxes amp Printers and Other Hardware File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q sxx y yo Search E Folders N 2 Printers and Other Hardware lt See Also ME Add Hardware Pick a task amp Display Sounds Speech and View installed printers or fax printers Audio Devices Ga Power Options Add a printer W9 System Troubleshooters or pick a Control Pa nel A Hardware i con 2 Printing A Home or Small Office qa Game Controllers lt gt Keyboard Networking Phone and Modem C Mire l Je Options
263. tape otherwise the tape cassette may be damaged O If the label is attached to a wet dirty or oily surface it may peel off easily Before affixing the label clean the surface where it will be affixed O Depending on the environmental conditions and the material condition roughness and shape of the affixing surface part of the tape may not be affixed properly or the label may peel off In order to test the adhesive strength of the label or before using the label where safety is a particular concern test the label by affixing a small piece of it to an inconspicuous area of the intended surface O If the label is used outdoors ultraviolet rays wind and rain may cause the color of the label to fade and the ends of the label to peel off O Markings made with oil based or water based ink may be visible through a label affixed over them To hide the markings use two labels layered on top of each other or use a dark colored label O Do not use empty tape cassettes O Do not expose the tape cassettes to direct sunlight high temperatures high humidity or dust Store in a cool dark place Use the tape cassettes soon after opening the tape cassette package O Note that Brother Co Ltd does not assume responsibility for any damage etc arising from failure to follow the precautions listed O Avery is a registered trademark of AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION E CD ROM O Do not scratch the CD ROM O Do not subject the CD ROM to extremely hig
264. tas Length 1 5 in Width 1 1 2 in Cuadro de texto Utilizacion de P touch Quick Editor Las operaciones basicas para P touch Quick Editor para Macintosh son las mismas que para Windows Las operaciones que requieren un clic con el bot n derecho en Windows se realizan en Macintosh con un clic mientras se mantiene pulsada la tecla de control Para obtener m s detalles acerca de c mo utilizar P touch Quick Editor consulte Uso sencillo gt P 80 y Otras funciones gt P 80 en Creaci n de etiquetas Versi n para Windows 101 E A A e o _ j 2 E 38 To 2 T a No PE oe O O SS v y pun D O gt Despu s de la impresi n Para obtener m s informaci n consulte Despu s de la impresi n gt P 89 en Creaci n de etiquetas Versi n para Windows 102 Apendice Este cap tulo contiene informaci n para la soluci n de problemas y una lista con los accesorios disponibles Creaci n de etiquetas de c digos de barras ommoooooccccncnonnononconccccnnncccnnnnns 104 Cambio de los ajustes del P tOuCh cccccssssscccessssccccssssccccessccccceescsceees 106 Mantenimiento O DADOS 108 Soluci n de problemas AA ED 112 Especificaciones del producto cccccccccccscscssssssssssssssssssssssssssssscooosseees 114 Accesorios Solo Para EE UNA A te eE a So aeaee aeaea EA 116 Indicerallab tica aea E aE A e e OS 120 Informa
265. te or phrase to make changes in Installer 1 Name Password or phrase T caps lock on Cancel GED Click the lock to make changes nig F You need an administrator name and password v Aparece el cuadro de di logo Welcome to the PT 9500PC Driver Installer O Haga clic sobre Continue 4 Install PT 9500PC Driver Welcome to the PT 9500PC Driver Installer Int ti Welcome to the Brother PT 9500PC Driver Installation Program You will be guided through the steps necessary to install this software Se muestra el entorno operativo necesario para la instalaci n 61 D o a 2 O S 9 _ N sP ras a 3 E o Y Confirme el contenido y luego haga clic sobre Continue O Install PT 9500PC Driver Important Information Brother PT 9500PC Driver Read Me README Introduction System Requirements y Computer Macintosh computer with Power PC processor installing os Mac OS X 10 1 10 2 6 Apple and Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple Computer Inc c Brother Industries Ltd 2003 All rights reserved f Print Y Save O Go Back C Aparece el cuadro de di logo Software License Agreement Lea el contenido y luego haga clic sobre Continue 4 Install PT 9500PC Driver Software License Agreement Introduction Read Me Brother PT 9500PC Driver A
266. te 12 99 AV1957 Etiquetas de direcciones de devoluci n 3 4 x 2 1 4 70 etiquetas casete 12 99 AV2067 Etiquetas de direcciones 3 4 x 2 5 8 65 etiquetas casete 12 99 KE Cintas laminadas de serie industrial Fuerza adhesiva superior Cintas laminadas hasta dos veces m s fuertes que nuestro adhesivo est ndar Perfectas para superficies rugosas dif ciles o con textura Cinta adhesiva extrafuerte N de producto Descripci n Precio TZS121 Negro sobre fondo transparente 3 8 9 mm 17 99 TZS141 Negro sobre fondo transparente 3 4 18 mm 21 99 TZS145 Blanco sobre fondo transparente 3 4 18 mm 21 99 TZS151 Negro sobre fondo transparente 1 24 mm 25 99 TZS155 Blanco sobre fondo transparente 1 24 mm 25 99 TZS161 Blanco sobre fondo transparente 1 1 2 36 mm 32 99 TZS211 Negro sobre fondo blanco 1 4 6 mm 15 99 TZS221 Negro sobre fondo blanco 3 8 9 mm 17 99 TZS231 Negro sobre fondo blanco 1 2 12 mm 18 99 TZS241 Negro sobre fondo blanco 3 4 18 mm 21 99 TZS251 Negro sobre fondo blanco 1 24 mm 25 99 TZS261 Negro sobre fondo blanco 1 1 2 36 mm 32 99 TZS611 Negro sobre fondo amarillo 1 4 6 mm 15 99 TZS621 Negro sobre fondo amarillo 3 8 9 mm 17 99 TZS631 Negro sobre fondo amarillo 1 2 12 mm 18 99 TZS641 Negro sobre fondo amarillo 3 4 18 mm 21 99 TZS651 Negro sobre fondo amarillo 1 24 mm 25 99 TZS661 Negro sobre fondo amarillo 1 1 2 36 mm 32 99 TZS941 Negro sobre fondo mate platea
267. ter driver Note O Depending on the operating system running on the personal computer it may be necessary to restart the personal computer during installation After restarting the personal computer log on using the same user name and continue the installation O f a network printer is to be installed please use the advanced setup function O When installing only the printer driver refer to Installing the printer driver only gt P 39 O The examples of dialog boxes from Windows XP are used in this guide The installation procedures for personal computers running other operating systems are basically the same Start the personal computer and then insert the CD ROM into the CD ROM drive The Brother Setup dialog box appears e It may take a short time until the Brother Setup dialog box appears e Ifthe Brother Setup dialog box does not appear double click the My Computer icon and then double click the P touch icon O Click the button for Basic setup gt The installation preparation begins Es Brother Setup InstallShield Wizard Select the setup method Preparing to Install en Brother P touch Editor Version 4 0 Setup is preparing the InstallShield Wizard which will guide you through the Program setup process Please wait r Basic setup The editing software and the preset printer driver will be e installed This option is normally selected Configuring Windows Installer
268. ter that does not support a serial port baud rate of 115 200 bps change the PT 9500PC baud rate to 9 600 bps For details refer to Changing the baud rate gt P 109 g the Oo ras a 3 N Installin PS 9000 us ther cable u un USB cable Note e For PS 9000 setup refer to the instruction manual for the PS 9000 print server 43 Start the personal computer and then insert the CD ROM into the CD ROM drive gt The Brother Setup dialog box appears e It may take a short time until the Brother Setup dialog box appears e Ifthe Brother Setup dialog box does not appear double click the My Computer icon and then double click the P touch icon 2 Click the button for Advanced setup k Brother Setup Select the setup method r Basic setup The editing software and the preset printer driver will be installed This option is normally selected r Advanced setup The software and printer driver will be installed separately The editing software can be installed or the printer driver can be installed updated or removed gt The dialog box to select the software to install appears E Click the button for Driver Sa Brother Setup Select the components that you want to install r P touch Editor P touch Editor 4 will be installed This editing software provides various advanced functions for creating a wide variety of labels E Ptouch Quick Edito
269. terfaz USB y luego encienda la PT 9500PC Para obtener mas informacion consulte Conexi n a una computadora personal gt P 16 Contin e con Selecci n de la impresora gt P 54 52 Instalaci n del controlador de impresora exclusivamente Instale s lo el controlador de impresora necesario para utilizar la PT 9500PC como impresora Nota O No conecte el cable de interfaz USB a la Macintosh hasta que el controlador de impresora haya sido instalado y la Macintosh haya sido reiniciada Si el cable de interfaz USB ya est conectado a la Macintosh ret relo Encienda la Macintosh y luego inserte el CD ROM en la unidad de CD ROM gt Aparece la ventana P touch O Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta Mac OS 9 Ae O p touch Mac 0S 9 gt Aparece la ventana Mac OS 9 Haga doble clic sobre la carpeta P touch Editor 3 2 aa O N Mac os 9 4 REI 0 rete gt Aparece la ventana P touch Editor Didi Haga doble clic sobre el icono P touch Editor 3 2 Installer O P touch Editor 3 2 El E A Editor 3 2 Installer Haga clic sobre Install gt Comienza la instalaci n dd P touch Editor 3 2 di P touch Editor is an application that gives you a variety of designing possibilities for creating labels and stamps O P touch Editor 3 2 MPT 9500PC Driver O Font
270. timiento de la cinta Instale el casete de cinta que quit y cierre la cubierta del compartimiento de la cinta E Limpieza del cabezal de impresi n y del rodillo del cabezal Si el cabezal de impresi n no se limpi con la funci n de autolimpieza lleve a cabo los siguientes procedimientos para limpiar la PT 9500PC O Apague la PT 9500PC Presione el bot n de apertura de la cubierta y abra la cubierta del compartimiento de la cinta 3 Quite el casete de cinta Utilice un palillo de algod n para limpiar el cabezal de impresi n y el rodillo del cabezal O Cabezal de impresi n Palillo de algod n Cabezal de impresi n O Rodillo del cabezal Palillo de algod n Cabezal de impresi n Instale el casete de cinta que quit y cierre la cubierta del compartimiento de la cinta Nota O La PT 9500PC contiene un cortador para cortar las etiquetas impresas Tenga especial cuidado de no tocar el cortador cuando limpie la PT 9500PC O El cabezal de impresi n se calienta mucho durante el uso y puede seguir caliente inmediatamente despu s No limpie la PT 9500PC inmediatamente despu s de imprimir etiquetas 109 o 2 D a lt E Otros m todos de limpieza Utilice la cinta limpiadora TZ CL6 con una cinta de 1 1 2 36 mm de ancho se vende por separado para limpiar f cilmente la PT 9500PC Presione el bot n de apertura de la cubierta
271. tion al Aparece el cuadro de di logo Easy Install Haga clic sobre Upgrade O Haga clic sobre Restart Install PT 9500PC Driver a Install PT 9500PC Driver Easy Install Install Software Introduction 8 Introduction 9 Read Me O Read Me License Click Install to perform a basic installation of this License O Select Destination software package O Select Destination 8 Installation Type O Installation Type t lnstalling nish U Finish Up The software was successfully installed Click Restart to finish installing the software Go Back 4 Upgrade gt C Aparece un cuadro de di logo en el La instalaci n del controlador de que podr confirmar la instalaci n impresora se ha completado y la Macintosh se reiniciar Para continuar con la instalaci n haga clic sobre Continue Installation Una vez que la Macintosh se reinicie conecte la PT 9500PC a la Macintosh con el cable de interfaz USB y luego encienda Installing this software requires you to 8 Introductiot hi restart your computer when the r f la PT 9500 PC Read Me h installation is done Are you sure you Pe 0 OLicense ant tn install the software now E Para obtener m s informaci n consulte ae Cea Contrasta Conexi n a una computadora personal ni Oo ras a 3 E o Y O o a 2 O ax 9 _ N Install PT 9500PC Driver
272. tion Location Setup will install P touch Quick Editor in the following folder To install to this folder click Next To install to a different folder click Browse and select another folder You can choose not to install P touch Quick Editor by clicking Cancel to exit Setup 36 gt The Setup dialog box appears and installation begins 22 P touch Quick Editor Setup P touch Quick Editor Copying Editor flos During installation the Add shortcut dialog box appears Specify where to add shortcuts for P touch Quick Editor and then click Next To add no shortcuts clear all of the check boxes Add shortcut T Startup menu IV Quick launch bar gt The Setup Complete dialog box appears Remove the CD ROM from the CD ROM drive Click Yes want to restart my computer now and then click Finish Setup Complete Setup has finished copying files to your computer Before you can use the program you must restart Windows or your computer No will restart my computer later Remove any disks from their drives and then click Finish to complete setup Cm ff Installation of P touch Quick Editor is complete and the personal computer will restart Installing P touch AV Editor only Install P touch AV Editor to format text for AV labels Note P touch AV Editor cannot be used with computers running Windows 95 NT 4 0 Start the person
273. tire tal como se muestra en la ilustraci n siguiente uetas dows S lt P SS c E JS c 5 5 E O gt El extremo de la etiqueta se separara uite el palillo para etiquetas que se de j j 2 con suavidad de la hoja de respaldo encuentra dentro de la cubierta del compartimiento de la cinta de la PT 9500PC Quite completamente la hoja de respaldo de la etiqueta y fije la etiqueta 89 Despu s de utilizar el palillo para etiquetas guardelo dentro de la cubierta del compartimiento de la cinta de la PT 9500PC Nota O Cuando se utiliza el palillo para etiquetas el texto impreso puede despegarse de la etiqueta si se trabaja con una cinta que no sea una cinta laminada cinta de seguridad o cinta de acabado mate O Para la cinta no laminada y algunas cintas laminadas quite la hoja de respaldo de la etiqueta impresa utilizando las l neas cortadas en la hoja de respaldo 90 Creacion de etiquetas Version para Macintosh Este cap tulo contiene los procedimientos para dise ar e imprimir etiquetas utilizando Macintosh Creaci n de etiquetas RARAS 92 Creaci n de etiquetas utilizando P touch Editor sccccccsssscsssssssssssees 93 Creaci n de etiquetas utilizando P touch Quick Editor oooooomoooooooo 101 Despu s dela IMpresi n c sssccv 2shececacecse dosed dass aeaee seess Eora EnaA oaaae EREE eRe 102 Creaci n de etiquetas Cuando haya termin
274. to COM seleccionado en el asistente Change Baud Rate Wizard Muchos ordenadores personales tienen m s de un puerto COM y se puede haber seleccionado COM2 por error en el asistente Change Baud Rate Wizard Aseg rese de que el cable de interfaz USB no est conectado a la PT 9500PC durante una conexi n en serie Cuando otro dispositivo de conexi n en serie est utilizando el mismo puerto COM para Windows NT 4 0 2000 Pro XP las etiquetas no se pueden imprimir Cambie el puerto COM para el dispositivo de conexi n en serie o conecte la PT 9500PC a un puerto COM que no est en uso Dependiendo del PC el puerto COM puede desactivarse como puerto por defecto en la f brica Consulte el manual de instrucciones del PC o contacte al fabricante del PC para activar el puerto COM lt Compruebe el puerto COM gt Para Windows 95 98 Haga doble clic sobre el icono System en Control Panel Haga clic sobre la ficha Device Manager y a continuaci n haga clic sobre el signo m s situado junto a Ports COM amp LPT e Aseg rese de que COM1 y COM2 est n en la lista e Aseg rese de que no se visualiza ning n s mbolo de error El PC NEC 98 System puede no ser compatible con la configuraci n inicial de la velocidad en baudios 115 200 bps de la PT 9500PC Consulte Cambio de la velocidad en baudios gt P 107 Luego de cambiar la velocidad en baudios consulte Configuraci
275. to you and your original Machine shall become the property of Brother Retain your original accessory items and a copy of the return air bill signed by the courier Limitations Brother is not responsible for damage to or loss of any equipment media programs or data related to the use of this Product Except for that repair or replacement as described above Brother shall not be liable for any direct indirect incidental or consequential damages or specific relief Because some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of consequential or incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you THIS WARRANTY IS GIVEN IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES WRITTEN OR ORAL WHETHER EXPRESSED BY AFFIRMATION PROMISE DESCRIPTION DRAWING MODEL OR SAMPLE ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES OTHER THAN THIS ONE WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED e This Limited Warranty is the only warranty that Brother is giving for this Product It is the final expression and the exclusive and only statement of Brother s obligations to you It replaces all other agreements and understandings that you may have with Brother or its representatives e This warranty gives you certain rights and you may also have other rights that may vary from state to state e This Limited Warranty and Brother s obligation to you may not be changed in any way unless
276. tor Preview The P touch Editor 3 2 window appears 67 Double click the Uninstall P touch Editor folder 18089 2 P touch Editor 3 2 e gt Ezz E a O mm YY A Back View E Computer Home Favorites Applications imal EN 2 a Help P touch Editor 3 2 Read Me Clip Art Uninstall P touch Edito The Uninstall P touch Editor window appears 4 Double click Uninstall P touch Editor 180809 2 Uninstall P touch Editor e A m O mm Btw A Back View E Computer Home Favorites Applications P Uninstall P touch Editor gt The InstallAnywhere Uninstaller starts 6 Click Uninstall es InstallAnywhere Uninstaller Uninstall P touch Editor 3 2 Introduction About to uninstall a P touch Editor 3 2 a This will completely remove all components installed by InstallAnywhere It will not remove files and folders created after the installation 68 gt The software is deleted 7 eo InstallAnywhere Uninstaller Uninstall P touch Editor 3 2 Introduction Please wait while InstallAnywhere s uninstaller A Uninstalling removes the following components o Folders Applications gt When uninstallation is complete the Uninstall Complete dialog box appears Click Quit es InstallAnywhere Uninstaller Uninstall P touch Editor 3 2 A 2 5 Introduction Uninstall Complete A Uninstalling i 9
277. touch Editor folder 4 Double click the Uninstall P touch Editor icon in the folder that appears The uninstaller starts up A 5 Click the Uninstall button After P touch Editor 3 2 is removed a dialog box appears indicating y NS Pr romeros rare N Cancel Previous C Next gt gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Choose Product Components Seleccione el conjunto de funciones y los programas que desea instalar y luego haga clic sobre Next e o P touch Editor 3 2 A Introduction Feature Set M Choose Product Features o M P touch Custom a R Fonts US o Y Auto Format Templates o R Clip Art Description fo F Cancel Previous Abajo se detallan los programas que se pueden instalar Programa Descripci n P touch Editor 3 2 Software de P touch Editor Se pueden instalar fuentes Fonts para idiomas con el 13 tipograf as alfabeto latino tales como Atlanta etc Plantillas de formato plantillas preformateadas Una colecci n de autom tico para etiquetas Una colecci n de ilustraciones etc que pueden disponerse sobre las etiquetas O Standard Se instalar n todos los programas Se requiere aproximadamente 100 MB de espacio disponible en el disco duro O Minimum S lo se instalar P touch Editor Se requiere aproximadamente 20 MB de espacio disponible en el disco duro Ol Custom El usuario puede seleccionar los programas que desea instalar gt
278. touch Quick Editor Haga doble clic sobre la unidad en la que est instalado el P touch Quick Editor Elimine la carpeta P touch Quick Editor Haga doble clic sobre la unidad en la que est instalado el sistema operativo de la Macintosh En System Folder abra la carpeta Preferences folder y elimine P touch Quick Editor Prefs O TELA P touch Quick Editor Prefs E Eliminaci n del controlador de impresora Retire el cable de interfaz USB que est conectado a la PT 9500PC desde el puerto USB de Macintosh Haga doble clic sobre la unidad en la que est instalado el sistema operativo de la Macintosh En System Folder abra la carpeta Extensions folder y elimine PT 9500PC y USB PT 9500PC Extension Oo C atte 182148 13 766B 2 Ga PT 9500PC USB PT 9500PC Extension En System Folder abra la carpeta Preferences folder y elimine PT 9500PC Prefs 55 O D fa O aS S 9 sj N sP ras a 3 N Sistemas con Mac OS X 10 1 o posterior Siga el siguiente procedimiento para instalar el software en una Macintosh que funcione con Mac OS X 10 1 10 2 6 Instale el controlador de impresora despu s de instalar P touch Editor o P touch Quick Editor El Creaci n de etiquetas con varios dise os Consulte Instalaci n de P touch Editor gt P 56 E Impresi
279. touch Quick Editor Size 0 71MB Haga doble clic sobre el icono My ae Components Computer y luego haga clic sobre Add or remove programs g My Computer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help az P B ya Search Folders Ez Files Stored on This Computer H Shared Documents Hard Disk Drives O Para Windows 95 98 98SE Me NT 4 00 Seleccione Brother P touch Editor Version a Sp ou 4 0 o P touch Quick Editor de la lista que My Network Places O y pocument aparece en la ventana Add Remove Shared Documents Devices with Removable Storage De Control parel H a Programs Properties My Computer Install Uninstall windows Setup Startup Disk System Folder To install a new program from a floppy disk or CD ROM drive click Install The following software can be automatically removed by Windows To remove a program or to modify its installed components select it from the list and click Add Remove gt Aparece la ventana Add or Remove Programs O Para Windows 95 98 98SE Me NT 4 0 2000 Pro Add Remove En la barra de tareas haga clic sobre el aaa bot n Start seleccione Settings haga clic sobre Control Panel y luego haga Haga clic sobre Change Remove doble clic sobre el icono Add Remove Programs gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Confirm File Deletion O Haga clic sobre OK o Yes Add Remove O P touch Editor 4 0
280. trado SSA pod __RobertFox 4 Robert Fox Wibiddidddddddddidd ddd ddd tds B idddddddddiddiddddddiddidd ddd Haga clic sobre objetos dans en el banco de Aparece el cuadro de di logo Frame Property 74 Seleccione Category y Style En este ejemplo se selecciona Simple para Category y se selecciona un marco rectangular redondeado l nea fina para Style Frame Properties Frame Category Simple O Haga clic sobre OK El dise o ser como el que se muestra en la siguiente ilustraci n Robert Fox Si no se visualiza el cuadro de propiedades de impresi n haga clic sobre Aparece el cuadro de propiedades de impresi n 12 Haga clic sobre _ Print a en el cuadro de propiedades de impresi n Se imprimir la etiqueta Impresion de etiquetas Imprima la etiqueta que usted cred E Impresi n Haga clic sobre gt Aparece el cuadro de propiedades de impresi n E Haga clic sobre Pint L en el cuadro de propiedades de impresi n Se imprimir la etiqueta El Configuraci n de las condiciones de impresi n y de la impresi n de las etiquetas Haga clic sobre gt Aparece el cuadro de propiedades de impresi n E Haga clic sobre ul en el cuadro de propiedades de impresi n gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Print E Establezca las condiciones de impresi n Print Printer N
281. uadro de di logo Brother Setup e Si el cuadro de di logo Brother Setup no aparece haga doble clic sobre el icono My Computer y a continuaci n haga doble clic sobre el icono P touch Haga clic sobre el bot n de Instalaci n gt Comienza la preparaci n para la b sica instalaci n a Brother Setup InstallShield Wizard Select the setup method Preparing to Install r Basic setup En p g X 3 e Brother P touch Editor Version 4 0 Setup is preparing the brother The editing software and the preset printer driver will be InstallShield Wizard which will guide you through the ES installed program setup process Please wait This option is normally selected Configuring Windows Installer usua Advanced setup The software and printer driver will be installed separately The editing software can be installed or the printer driver can be installed updated or removed Z Close gt Aparece un cuadro de di logo en el Si selecciona P touch Quick Editor que puede seleccionar el software consulte los pasos O O Instalaci n de que desea instalar P touch Quick Editor exclusivamente gt EN P 33 Luego contin e con el paso gt S E Haga clic sobre el bot n correspondiente P 29 m E a P touch Editor P touch Quick Editor o Si selecciona P touch AV Editor consulte BS P touch AV Editor los pasos de Instalaci n de P E touch AV Editor exclusivamente
282. until you are directed to To continue click Next Setup will begin E Cancel gt The setup preparation begins Preparing for setup Progress When the preparation for setup is complete you will be instructed to connect the PT 9500PC to the personal computer Connect the PT 9500PC to the personal computer with the USB interface cable and then turn on the PT 9500PC For details refer to Connecting to a personal computer gt P 18 Driver Setup Brother PT 9500PC Preparation for setup is finished Install the printer Connect Brother PT 9500PC and then turn it on Wait until it is automatically added When the printer can be added the next Driver Setup page automatically appears E When connecting to a personal computer running Windows 98 98 SE Me 2000 Pro proceed to step B gt P 33 gt If the personal computer detects that the PT 9500PC is connected The Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box appears 32 Select Install the software automatically Recommended and then click Next Found New Hardware Wizard Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard This wizard helps you install software for Brother PT 3500PC If your hardware came with an installation CD EO or floppy disk insert it now What do you want the wizard to do Click Next to continue gt The necessary programs will be detected Found New Hardware Wizard
283. urn the label stick and quickly pull as shown in the illustration below labels 8 G e 9 y pum aD gt N z 3 y Vs Remove the label stick installed inside the PT 9500PC tape compartment cover The end of the label will come off of the backing slightly Completely remove the backing from the label and affix the label 91 After using the label stick install it inside the PT 9500PC tape compartment cover Close the cover Note O There may be some cases where the use of the label stick may cause some of the printed text to wear off O Some tapes may have cut lines in the backing Peel the backing from the label using the cut lines 92 Creating labels Macintosh version This chapter contains the procedures to design and print labels using Macintosh Creatine labels ASAS SEN 94 Creating labels using P touch Editor ccssssssssssccsscsssssssesseeeeeesessseees 95 Creating labels using P touch Quick Editor ooooooooccooooooonocionnccccnonooooso 103 A A A Har fe ARRIETA EEA A NERS ANOLE 104 Creating labels After preparing the Macintosh start creating labels E Designing amp printing labels Proceed to Creating labels using P touch Editor gt P 95 KE Printing labels simply Proceed to Creating labels using P touch Quick Editor gt P 103 94 Creating labels using P touch Editor Labels can be created with various designs u
284. ut 5 Second s For Windows 95 98 98 SE Me click Utilities gt The Brother PT 9500PC Utility dialog box appears O Select the desired baud rate e Brother PT 9500PC Utility Printer Brother PT 9500PC Power on when plugged in Current Setting Unknown Current Settings OFF y Apply Command Mode Current Command Mode Unknown Current Command Mode ESC P X Apply Calibration Print length adjustment Baud Rate Can only be specified with a serial connection 9600 bps Current Current baud rate PC setting Port Connection COM1 Baud 9600 gt bps Apply 3600 57600 a Click Apply gt The baud rate will be changed Progress Setting the baud rate ona O Click Close e Brother PT 9500PC Utility Printer Brother PT 9500PC Power on when plugged in Current Setting Unknown Current Settings OFF X Apply Command Mode Current Command Mode Unknown Current Command Mode ESC P y Apply Calibration Print length adjustment Baud Rate Can only be specified with a serial connection 3600 bps Current Current baud rate PC setting Port Connection COM1 Baud 9600 v bps Resets the settings to their defaul gt The Brother PT 9500PC Properties sheet appears again 10 Click OK Brother PT 9500PC Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Device Settings Broth
285. ut M Multi Half Cut O Chain Printing O Mirror Printing Color Adjustment Numbering Copies fo JRestart for Each Record MKeep the Original Value Database D All Records O Cu Preview Se imprimir la etiqueta 96 Impresi n de etiquetas Imprima la etiqueta creada E Impresi n Haga clic sobre gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Print E Haga clic sobre Print E brother PT 9500PC CI cancel J Copies 1 Page AN From Jro gt O Auto Tape Cut M Multi Half Cut O Chain Printing O Mirror Printing Graphics Color Adjustment Numbering Copies 0 Restart for Each Record Keep the Original Value Database All Records Preview O Para Mac OS X 10 1 o posterior Haga clic sobre Print Print Printer PT 9500PC ry Presets Standard a Copies Pages ica Copies 1 M Collated Pages O AII O From 1 to 1 Om f Preview Se imprimira la etiqueta El Configuraci n de las condiciones de impresi n e impresi n de la etiqueta Mac OS 8 6 9 x Haga clic sobre gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Print 2 Establezca las condiciones de impresi n El Configuraci n de las condiciones de impresi n e impresi n de la etiqueta Mac amp brother PT 9500PC OS X 10 1 o posterior Copies 7 Page an From Jre E Auto Tepe Cut Haga clic sobre M Multi Half Cut E Chain Printing gt Aparece el cu
286. varias funciones disponibles en el men emergente que aparece al hacer clic con el bot n derecho sobre cualquier punto de la ventana de P touch AV Editor E Formato del texto Es posible aplicar formato al texto cambiando la fuente el estilo y la alineaci n antes o despu s de escribir el texto O En las propiedades del texto seleccione la fuente el estilo y la alineaci n que desee asignar al texto ABC rd 29 Seu Los An los E CA menil AN2067 Address db AD Fn 85 uetas Windows os 5 D D 5 e o E D Na Versi n para E Adici n de un s mbolo Se puede agregar un s mbolo de una de las fuentes de s mbolos instaladas en el lado izquierdo de la etiqueta Haga clic sobre gt Aparece el cuadro de di logo Input Symbol Input Symbol Symbol Font PT Dingbats 1 hd Symbol List Seleccione un s mbolo Seleccione un nombre de fuente en la lista desplegable Symbol Font y a continuaci n seleccione el s mbolo en el cuadro Symbol List Haga clic sobre OK gt El s mbolo seleccionado aparece en el cuadro de texto ABC IMPORT EXPORT a R Becker ron 29 South Main St e S lo se puede agregar un s mbolo al texto Si ya se ha agregado un s mbolo se reemplazar por el nuevo s mbolo seleccionado Nota O Para eliminar un s mbolo agregado haga clic sobre a la derecha de y MX a continuaci n haga clic sobre Delete e
287. ver will be installed updated or removed Back Close The installation preparation begins P touch AV Editor Setup is preparing the InstallShield Wizard which will guide you through the rest of the setup process Please wait 100 gt When the preparation is complete the Welcome dialog box appears O Read the contents and then click Next Welcome Welcome to the P touch AV Editor Setup program This program will install P touch AV Editor on your computer It is strongly recommended that you exit all Windows programs before running this Setup program Click Cancel to quit Setup and then close any programs you have running Click Next to continue with the Setup program WARNING This program is protected by copyright law and international treaties Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this program or any portion of it may result in severe civil and criminal penalties and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under law gt The User Information dialog box appears Type your name and company name in Name and Company boxes and then click Next User Information Type your name below You must also type the name of the company you work for Name pee Company Brothed 38 The Registration Confirmation dialog box appears Confirm that the name and company name are correct and then click Yes To correct the registration in
288. view 81 labels Creat Wind To ows version Other functions Simple use This section contains the procedures to create This section explains the other functions of the labels simply P touch Quick Editor O Start P touch Quick Editor Note e If you right click in the label view or the text various functions can be selected via a E Specifying the label size Specify the size of the label E W Ar Ed gt 5 E AD Width 1 Brother Click 4 amp 7 of 7 The drop down list box appears Click Select Tape Settings qo om sl gt The label will be printed Note AAA O The width of the tape in the tape cassette installed in the PT 9500PC will be detected automatically gt The tape settings properties box appears Select the label Format Length Width etc A E 5 A Length 1 06 Ed Si AQ Width 1 Bj 82 E Specifying the text form Specify the form and type the text Click 27 of 7 The drop down list box appears 2 Select Text Settings lie Text Settings Tape Settings gt The text settings properties box appears 3 Specify the Font Style Size etc a Length 1 05 2 P ES E 4 z Width 1 El Alignment 5 3 Frame ol Click in the label view and then type the text Note e Click i to display the text box so that the text can be checked when it too small
289. vo que funciona en la computadora personal Ponen Quick P touch AV Editor P touch Editor Controlados ae Editor impresora Software para Software para que imprimir etiquetas Software para dar Software para crear la computadora utilizando formato al texto de etiquetas con varios personal utilice la operaciones las etiquetas AV dise os PT 9500PC como simples impresora Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windosw 98 SE Microsoft Windows Me Microsoft Windows 2000 Pro Microsoft Windows XP Conexion USB Conexion en serie Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft e ae A a Conexi n en serie NT 4 0 Mac OS 8 6 to 9 x Conexi n USB Mac OS 10 1 to 10 2 6 Conexi n USB 1 Seleccione la Instalaci n b sica para realizar una conexi n USB y la Instalaci n avanzada para realizar una conexi n en serie 2 Si utiliza Windows NT 4 0 los clips de arte del P touch Editor no se pueden utilizar si no est instalado Internet Explorer 5 5 o una versi n posterior 3 La conexi n USB no se puede utilizar A La conexi n en serie no se puede utilizar 24 Sistemas con Windows En esta secci n se describe el procedimiento de instalaci n del software en una computadora personal que funcione con Windows 95 98 98 SE Me NT 4 0 2000 Pro XP El software se instala por Inserte el CD ROM en la unidad de separado n CD ROM y comience la instalaci n Siga estos procedimientos l pa
290. with Mac OS X classic Available on volume 2047 8 MB Eject Al Custom Install Quit Haga clic sobre Restart Apple and Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple Computer Inc Y gt Aparece un cuadro de di logo en el P nep del que puede seleccionar los programas Cu Geer que desea instalar gt La instalaci n del controlador de impresora se ha completado y la Macintosh se reiniciar Anule la marca de los cuadros de verificaci n de todos los controladores de impresoras excepto de PT 9500PC Printer Driver Se Una vez que la Macintosh se reinicie conecte la PT 9500PC a la Macintosh con P touch Editor 3 2 anvesnasecancsaccasanasas El p touch editor 32 el cable de interfaz USB y luego encienda you a variety of designing possibilities for MPT 9S00PC Driver creating labels and stamps O Fonts la PT 9500 PC O Auto Format Templates O Para obtener m s informaci n consulte messages tappear Install on 2 System Requirements Conexi n a una computadora personal opta EEE S gt P 16 Operating system Mac O8 8 6 or later Available memory Minimum 32MB Available hard disk space Minimum 20MB Install This software is only compatible with Apple and Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple Computer Inc 53 Seleccion de la impresora Seleccione la PT 9500PC como impresora Despliegue el mend
291. xplanation of function Troubleshooting Go to each Help topic 2 Copyright Information Ficha Se muestra el encabezado de cada ficha y se pueden realizar b squedas por palabras claves la Editor Version 4 Descriptions of operations Provides descriptions for making actual labels Explanations of functions Provides details of each function Troubleshooting Provides information for correcting problems that occur Goes to each Help topic Displays the P touch Library Help Se muestran los contenidos para cada ficha seleccionada E Impresi n de Help Se pueden imprimir los contenidos de los archivos de Help Los archivos de Help se imprimen en una impresora normal O Seleccione la ficha Contents Seleccione en la lista el tema que desea imprimir O Impresi n de un tema espec fico En la lista de la ficha Contents haga clic sobre el encabezado de la informaci n que desea imprimir Cuando haya hecho clic sobre el encabezado se visualizar n los contenidos incluidos en ese encabezado Contents Index Search Favorites 2 P touch Editor4 Help ta Descriptions of operations 2 List of samples El Before performing the lessons Waking a name label 2 1 1 Specifying the size of the label 2 1 2 Entering text 2 1 3 Arranging the text 2 1 4 Adding a frame around text 2 1 5 Printing e 2 Making labels fora CD case E o 3 Printing u
292. you re there look for contests and other exciting information Using this manual The following Quick Reference is included with the PT 9500PC Refer to the Quick Reference to use the PT 9500PC as necessary Quick Reference Software help files CD ROM User s Guide M saa this manual For preparation and operation of the 00C a Y Not Available Not Available ware installation Using P touch Editor Version 4 0 for Windows Not Available Using P touch Editor Version 3 2 for Macintosh Using P touch Quick J Not Available Editor Y Y Y GENERAL PRECAUTIONS E P touch 9500PC The PT 9500PC is a precision machine Do not drop the PT 9500PC or subject it to strong shocks O Do not grab and lift the PT 9500PC by the tape compartment cover The cover could come off and the PT 9500PC could drop and be damaged The PT 9500PC may malfunction if left near a television radio etc Do not install the PT 9500PC near any machines that will cause electromagnetic interference O Keep the PT 9500PC out of direct sunlight O Do not use the PT 9500PC in extremely dusty areas in areas with high temperatures or high humidity or in areas where the PT 9500PC may freeze The PT 9500PC may malfunction or stop operating O Do not clean the PT 9500PC with thinner benzene alcohol or other organic solvents The PT 9500PC finish may come off and the PT 9500PC case may be damaged If dirty clean the PT 9500PC with a soft dry clot

Brother PT-9500PC Printer User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents